FOREWORD
The Iranian Petroleum Standards (IPS) reflect the
views of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum and
are intended for use in the oil and gas production
facilities,
oil
refineries,
chemical
and
petrochemical plants, gas handling and processing
installations and other such facilities.
IPS is based on internationally acceptable
standards and includes selections from the items
stipulated in the referenced standards. They are
also supplemented by additional requirements
and/or modifications based on the experience
acquired by the Iranian Petroleum Industry and
the local market availability. The options which
are not specified in the text of the standards are
itemized in data sheet/s, so that, the user can
select his appropriate preferences therein.
The IPS standards are therefore expected to be
sufficiently flexible so that the users can adapt
these standards to their requirements. However,
they may not cover every requirement of each
project. For such cases, an addendum to IPS
Standard shall be prepared by the user which
elaborates the particular requirements of the user.
This addendum together with the relevant IPS
shall form the job specification for the specific
project or work.
The IPS is reviewed and up-dated approximately
every five years. Each standards are subject to
amendment or withdrawal, if required, thus the
latest edition of IPS shall be applicable
The users of IPS are therefore requested to send
their views and comments, including any
addendum prepared for particular cases to the
following address. These comments and
recommendations will be reviewed by the relevant
technical committee and in case of approval will
be incorporated in the next revision of the
standard.
Standards and Research department
No.19, Street14, North kheradmand
Karimkhan Avenue, Tehran, Iran .
Postal Code- 1585886851
Tel: 88810459-60 & 66153055
Fax: 88810462
Email: Standards@nioc.org
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎر‬
‫( ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬IPS) ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫دﻳﺪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در‬
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬،‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز‬
‫ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻓﺮاورش ﮔﺎز و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬،‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﻴﻦ‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﺪهﻫﺎﺋﻲ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﺸﻮر و‬.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي‬،‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻻ از ﺑﺎزار داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎز‬
.‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﺻﻼﺣﻲ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮاردي از ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ آورده ﻧﺸﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺖ در داده ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان آورده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪيﻫﺎي ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﺎص‬.‫ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪ‬.‫آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ آن ﭘﺮوژه و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر‬،‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
.‫ﺧﺎص را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داد‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻗﺮار‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و روزآﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردي ﺣﺬف و ﻳﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﻮاره آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ و‬،‫از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات اﺻﻼﺣﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد‬
‫ ﻧﻈﺮات و‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ زﻳﺮ ارﺳﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺧﺎص ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ در ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و در‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ در ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ‬
.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ‬،‫ ﺧﺮدﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎن زﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻬﺮان‬،‫اﻳﺮان‬
19 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬،‫ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬
‫اداره ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬
1585886851 : ‫ﻛﺪﭘﺴﺘﻲ‬
66153055 ‫ و‬88810459 - 60 : ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
021-88810462 : ‫دور ﻧﮕﺎر‬
Standards@nioc.org
:‫ﭘﺴﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
: ‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
General Definitions :
Throughout this Standard
definitions shall apply.
the
following
Company :
Refers to one of the related and/or affiliated
companies of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum
such as National Iranian Oil Company, National
Iranian
Gas
Company,
and
National
Petrochemical Company etc.
Purchaser :
Means the "Company" Where this standard is
part of direct purchaser order by the "Company",
and the “Contractor” where this Standard is a
Vendor And Supplier :
Refers to firm or person who will supply and/or
fabricate the equipment or material.
Contractor :
Refers to the persons, firm or company whose
tender has been accepted by the company,
Executor :
Executor is the party which carries out all or part
of construction and/or commissioning for the
project.
Inspector :
The Inspector referred to in this Standard is a
person/persons or a body appointed in writing by
the company for the inspection of fabrication and
installation work.
Shall :
Is used where a provision is mandatory.
Should :
Is used where a provision is advisory only.
Will :
.‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬
: ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و واﺑﺴﺘﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ‬،‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﮔﺎز اﻳﺮان‬،‫ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
.‫ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه اﻃﻼق ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ "ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﺳﻔﺎرش‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ آن "ﺷﺮﻛﺖ" ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ و ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﻗﺮارداد آن اﺳﺖ‬
: ‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه و ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﻣﻮرد ﻟﺰوم ﺻﻨﻌﺖ را ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
: ‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬
‫ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘـﻪ ﻣﻴـﺸﻮد ﻛـﻪ ﭘﻴـﺸﻨﻬﺎدش‬، ‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺼﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﻣﺰاﻳﺪه ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪه و ﺑـﺎ او ﻗـﺮارداد ﻣﻨﻌﻘـﺪ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
: ‫ﻣﺠﺮي‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮي ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي‬
.‫اﺟﺮاﺋﻲ و ﻳﺎ راه اﻧﺪازي ﭘﺮوژه را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
: ‫ﺑﺎزرس‬
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮد ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺒﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
.‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
: ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
: ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮورت اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
: ‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬
Is normally used in connection with the action by
the "Company" rather than by a contractor,
supplier or vendor.
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻛﺎر ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
.‫"ﺷﺮﻛﺖ" ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
May :
Is used where a provision is completely
discretionary.
: ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺧﺘﻴﺎري ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
MATERIAL STANDARD
FOR
LABORATORY GLASSWARE
AND
RELATED APPARATUS
SECOND REVISION
DECEMBER 2008
‫اﺳﺘـﺎﻧﺪارد ﻛـﺎﻻ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸــﻪآﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕــﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫و‬
‫ﻟـﻮازم ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃـﻪ‬
‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ دوم‬
1387 ‫دي‬
This Standard is the property of Iranian Ministry of
Petroleum. All rights are reserved to the owner. Neither
whole nor any part of this document may be disclosed to any
third party, reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or
transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior
written consent of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﻘﻮق ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‬.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم و ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ وزارت‬.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻳﺎ‬،‫ ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ )ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬،‫ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
.‫روﺷﻬﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ( در اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﺷﺨﺎص ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
CONTENTS :
Page
No.
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
: ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
1. SCOPE................................................................ 3
3.....................................................................‫داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
2. REFERENCES .................................................. 4
4.............................................................................‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
3. DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY......... 7
7............................................................‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ و واژﮔﺎن‬-3
4. UNITS................................................................. 8
8..........................................................................‫واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-4
5. REQUIREMENTS ............................................ 8
8.........................................................................‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬-5
5.1 General Requirements for
Volumetric Glasswares....................... 8
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬1-5
8..........................................‫آﻻت ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
5.2 Requirements for Laboratory
Bottles .................................................. 23
23...........‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻄﺮيﻫﺎي آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬2-5
5.3 Requirements for Burettes................. 24
24...................................‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎ‬3-5
5.4 Requirements for Volumetric
Pipettes................................................. 34
34.......‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻲ ﭘﺖﻫﺎي ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ‬4-5
5.5 Requirements for Micropipettes ....... 36
36......................‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻲ ﭘﺖﻫﺎي رﻳﺰ‬5-5
5.6 Requirements for Graduated
Measuring Cylinders .......................... 36
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪﻫﺎي‬6-5
36...........................‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي زﻳﻨﻪدار )ﻣﺪرج‬
5.7 Requirements for Flasks .................... 41
41.................................‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎ‬7-5
5.8 Requirements for Joints ..................... 48
48............................................‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺗﺼﺎلﻫﺎ‬8-5
5.9 Requirements for Glass Tubing ........ 54
54...........................‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي‬9-5
5.10 Requirements for Laboratory
Glass Condensers ............................... 56
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي‬10-5
56................................................‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬
5.11 Requirements for Separating
and Dropping Funnels...................... 57
57.....‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻗﻴﻒﻫﺎي ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﭼﻜﺎﻧﻨﺪه‬11-5
5.12 Requirements for Laboratory
Beakers .............................................. 59
59....................‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑِﺸِﺮﻫﺎي آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬12-5
5.13 Requirements for Liquid in
Glass Thermometers........................... 60
60........‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬13-5
5.14 Requirements for Hydrometers....... 66
66...............................‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ‬14-5
1
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
6. TESTS AND CALIBRATIONS ....................... 79
79...................................................‫آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎ و واﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﻫﺎ‬-6
7. DOCUMENTS ................................................... 79
79............................................................................‫– ﻣﺪارك‬7
8. CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS............... 79
79............................................................‫ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮت در اﺳﻨﺎد‬-8
9. PACKING AND PACKAGING....................... 80
80...............................................‫ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي و ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬-9
10. INSURANCE ................................................... 80
80.............................................................................‫ ﺑﻴﻤﻪ‬-10
11. SHIPMENT...................................................... 80
80.............................................................................‫ ﺣﻤﻞ‬-11
APPENDICES :
:‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
APPENDIX A DATA SHEET FOR
LABORATORY GLASSWARES 81
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ داده ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي‬
82..........................‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬
2
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
1. SCOPE
‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ و‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﺶ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ و ﻟﻮازم ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ را ﺑﺮاي‬
.‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد در ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
This
Standard
specifies
the
minimum
requirements for selection and preparation of
requisitions and purchase orders of laboratory
glass wares and related apparatus to be used in
Iranian Oil, Gas and Petrochemical Industries.
:1 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 1:
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ در دي ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
‫ از‬.‫( ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬1) ‫ ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي و ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬1383
.‫( اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد داراي اﻋﺘﺒﺎر ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬0) ‫اﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
This is a revised version of the standard
specification by the relevant technical committee
on Jan. 2005, which is issued as revision (1).
Revision (0) of the said standard specification is
withdrawn.
:2 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 2:
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دو زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ اﻧﺠـﺎم و ﺑـﻪ‬1387 ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ در دي ﻣـﺎه ﺳـﺎل‬
‫( اﻳـﻦ‬1) ‫ از اﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬.‫( اراﻳﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬2) ‫ﺻﻮرت وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
This bilingual standard is a revised of the standard
specification by the relevant technical committee
on December 2008, which is issued as revision
(2). Revision (1) of the said standard specification
is withdrawn.
.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﺴﻮخ اﺳﺖ‬
:3 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 3:
‫ ﻣـﺘﻦ اﻧﮕﻠﻴـﺴﻲ‬،‫در ﺻﻮرت اﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ و اﻧﮕﻠﻴـﺴﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﻼك ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
In case of conflict between Farsi and English
languages, English language shall govern.
3
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
2. REFERENCES
Throughout this Standard the following dated and
undated standards/codes are referred to. These
referenced documents shall, to the extent
specified herein, form a part of this standard. For
dated references, the edition cited applies. The
applicability of changes in dated references that
occur after the cited date shall be mutually agreed
upon by the company and the vendor. For undated
references, the latest edition of the referenced
documents (including any supplements and
amendments) applies.
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار و‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي ﻛﻪ در‬،‫ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ زﻳﺮ اﺷﺎره ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ‬.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺤﺴﻮب ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﻣﻼك ﺑﻮده و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ در آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ و ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬،‫داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬.‫اﺟﺮا ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫اﻧﻀﻤﺎم ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺻﻼﺣﺎت و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎي آن ﻣﻼك اﺳﺖ‬
ISO (INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION
FOR STANDARDIZATION)
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ISO
ISO 383 1976
"Laboratory
Interchangeable
Ground Joints"
ISO 384 1978
"Laboratory
Principles of
Construction"
ISO 385 2005
"Laboratory
Burettes"
‫ "ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ – اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬ISO 383 1976
‫ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻤﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
"‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫ "ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ – اﺻﻮل‬ISO 384 1978
"‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
GlasswareConical
GlasswareDesign and
Glassware-
–
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫آﻻت‬
‫ "ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬ISO 385 2005
"‫ﺑﻮرتﻫـــﺎ‬
ISO 386 1977 "Liquid-in-Glass Laboratory
Thermometers-Principles of
Design, Construction and Use"
‫ "دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ از ﻧﻮع ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬ISO 386 1977
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و‬،‫در ﺷﻴﺸﻪ – اﺻﻮل ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
"‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬
ISO 468 1982 "Surface
RoughnessParameters, Their Values and
General Rules for Specifying
Requirements"
‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ آﻧﻬﺎ و‬،‫ "زﺑﺮي ﺳﻄﺢ – ﭘﺎراﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎ‬ISO 468 1982
‫ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺸﺨـــﺺ ﻛﺮدن‬
"‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬
ISO 641 1975
GlasswareSpherical
‫ اﺗﺼﺎلﻫﺎي‬-‫ "ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬ISO 641 1975
"‫ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده ﻛﺮوي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌـــﻮﻳﺾ‬
ISO649-1 1981"Laboratory Glassware-Density
Hydrometer for General
Purposes"
– ‫ "ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕــﺎﻫﻲ‬ISO 649-1 1981
‫ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﻣﺼﺎرف‬
"‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣــﻲ‬
‫ "ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮل ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬ISO 695 1991
‫ﻗﻠﻴﺎﺋﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﺎن – روش آزﻣﻮن و‬
"‫ردهﺑﻨﺪي‬
"Laboratory
Interchangeable
Ground Joints"
ISO 695 1991 "Glass-Resistance to Attack by
a Boiling Aqueous Solution
of Mixed Alkali-Method of
Test and Classification"
4
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
ISO 719 1985 "Glass-Hydrolytic Resistance
of Glass Grains at 98°CMethod
of
Test
and
Classification"
‫ "ﺷﻴﺸﻪ – ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬ISO 719 1985
‫ درﺟﻪ‬98 ‫داﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺸﻪ در‬
"‫ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس – روش آزﻣﻮن و ردهﺑﻨﺪي‬
ISO 1042 1998 "Laboratory Glassware-OneMark Volumetric Flasks"
– ‫ "ﺷﻴﺸــﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫــﻲ‬ISO 1042 1998
‫ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎي ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ‬
"‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
– ‫ "ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬ISO 17731997
‫ﻓﻼﺳﻜﻬﺎي ﮔﺮدن ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص‬
"‫ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪن ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت‬
-‫ "ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬ISO 3507 1999
"‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎ‬
ISO 1773 1997
ISO 3507 1999
"Laboratory GlasswareNarrow Necked Boiling
Flasks"
"Laboratory GlasswareCyclometers"
ISO 3585 1998 "Borosilicate
Properties"
Glass
3.3-
"‫ – وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎ‬3/3 ‫ "ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺮوﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎت‬ISO 3585 1998
ISO 3819 1985
"Laboratory
Beakers"
Glassware-
"‫ "ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ – ﺑِﺸِﺮﻫﺎ‬ISO 3819 1985
ISO 4787 1984
"Laboratory
GlasswareVolumetric
GlasswareMethods for Use and Testing
of Capacity"
– ‫ "ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬ISO 4787 1984
‫ﺷﻴﺸـﻪآﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ‬
‫ﺣﺠﻢ – روشﻫﺎي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد و آزﻣﻮن‬
"‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ‬
– ‫ "ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫــﻲ‬ISO 4788 1984
"‫اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي زﻳﻨﻪ دار‬
ISO 4788 1984 "Laboratory
Graduated
Cylinders"
GlasswareMeasuring
ISO 4791/1 1985 "Laboratory ApparatusVocabulary Relating to
Apparatus
Made
Essentially from Glass,
Porcelain or Vitreous
Silica"
‫ "ﻟﻮازم آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ – واژه ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬ISO 4791/1 1985
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮازﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺳﺎﺳﺎً از‬
‫ ﭼﻴﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺳﺨﺖ‬،‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬
" .‫ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
ISO 4794 1982 "Laboratory
GlasswareMethods for Assessing the
Chemical
Resistance
of
Enamels Used for Color
Coding and Color Marking"
‫ "ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ – روش‬ISO 4794 1982
‫ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﻌﺎب ﺑﻜﺎر‬
‫رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺪ ﮔﺬاري و ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬاري‬
"‫رﻧﮕﻲ‬
ISO 4796-1 2000
– ‫ "ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬ISO 4796-1 2000
‫ ﺑﻄﺮيﻫﺎي‬:1 ‫ﺑﻄﺮي ﻫﺎ – ﺑﺨﺶ‬
"‫ﮔﺮدن ﭘﻴﭽﻲ‬
– ‫ "ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬ISO 4796-2 2000
‫ ﺑﻄﺮيﻫﺎي‬:2 ‫ﺑﻄﺮيﻫــﺎ – ﺑﺨﺶ‬
"‫ﮔﺮدن ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ‬
"Laboratory
GlasswareBottles-part 1: Screw Neck
Bottles"
ISO 4796-2 2000 "Laboratory GlasswareBottles-part 2: Conical
Neck Bottles"
5
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
– ‫ " ﺷﻴﺸﻪﻫﺎي آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬ISO 4796-3 2000
‫ ﺑﻄﺮيﻫﺎي‬:3 ‫ﺑﻄﺮيﻫﺎ – ﺑﺨﺶ‬
"‫ﻣﻜﻨﺪه‬
– ‫ "ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬ISO 4797 2004
‫ﻓﻼﺳﻜﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪن ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت‬
"‫ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ‬
ISO 4796-3 2000 "Laboratory GlasswareBottles-part 3: Aspirator
Bottles"
ISO 4797 2004 "Laboratory GlasswareBoiling Flasks with
Conical Ground Joint"
ISO 4799 1978 "Laboratory GlasswareCondensers"
–‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫــﻲ‬
ISO 4800 1998 "Laboratory
GlasswareSeparating
Funnels
and
Dropping Funnels"
‫ "ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ – ﻗﻴﻒﻫﺎي‬ISO 4800 1998
‫ﻣﺨـــﺼﻮص ﭼﻜﺎﻧـــﺪن و ﻗﻴـــﻒﻫـــﺎي‬
"‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺟﺪاﻛﺮدن‬
‫ "اﻟﻜﻞ ﺳﻨﺞﻫـﺎي ﺷﻴـﺸﻪاي و ﻏﻠﻈـﺖ‬ISO 4801 1979
"‫ﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﺪون دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ‬
ISO 4801 1979 "Glass Alcohol-meters and
Alcohol Hydrometers not
Incorporating a Thermometer"
–
ISO 4803 1978 "Laboratory GlasswareBorosilicate Glass Tubing"
ASTM
"Standard
Specification
ASTM
Thermometers"
‫ "ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫــﻲ‬ISO 4803 1978
"‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺸﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺮوﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻲ‬
(‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ آزﻣﻮن و ﻣﻮاد آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ASTM
(AMERICAN
SOCIETY
FOR
TESTING AND MATERIALS)
ASTM E 1-05 2005
‫آﻻت‬
‫ "ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬ISO 4799 1978
"‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨــﺪهﻫﺎ‬
‫ "ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧــﺪارد ﺑﺮاي‬ASTM E 1-05 2005
"ASTM ‫دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي‬
for
ASTM E 123-02 2005 "Standard
Specification
for
Apparatus
for
Determination
of
Water by Distillation"
‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار آب‬
"‫ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ‬
ASTM E 123-02 2005
ASTM E 193-94 2005 "Standard
Specification
for
Laboratory
Glass
Micro Pipettes"
‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﺑـــﺮاي ﭘﻲ ﭘﺖﻫﺎي رﻳﺰ‬
"‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬
ASTM E 193-94 2005
ASTM E 969-02 2002 "Standard for Glass
Volumetric (Transfer)
Pipettes"
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬
‫ﺑـــﺮاي ﭘﻲ ﭘﺖﻫﺎي‬
‫ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬
"‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي‬
ASTM E 969-02 2002
6
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ و واژﮔﺎن‬-3
3. DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
‫ ﺗﻌـﺎرﻳﻒ داده ﺷـﺪه در‬،‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘــﺎﻧﺪارد ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ زﻳﺮ‬
.‫ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬ISO 4791/1
For the purpose of this Standard in addition to the
definitions below, the definitions given in
ISO 4791/1 shall apply.
‫ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ‬1-3
3.1 Capacity
The capacity of a volumetric glassware is defined
as the volume of water at 20°C, expressed in cm³
and/or milliliter, contained by the glassware,
when filled to the graduation line.
‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﻚ ﻇﺮف ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس ﭘﺲ از ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮدن‬20 ‫ﻣﻘﺪار آﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ در دﻣﺎي‬
‫ﻇﺮف ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﻂ زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي وﺟﻮد ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﮕﺮدد و ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ و ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺎن ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
Note: Where, the reference temperature is 27°C
"if specified" this value shall be substituted for
20°C.
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس‬27 ‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ در ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻓﻮق رﻗﻢ ﻣﺬﻛﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬،‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس ﮔﺮدد‬20
‫ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬2-3
3.2 Delivery Volume
‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﺳﻄﺢ دروﻧﻲ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
Volume of liquid on the inner surface of the
volumetric instruments such as burettes.
‫ ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬3-3
3.3 Delivery Time
‫ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎﻧﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻓﺘﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻫﻼﻟﻪ آب از ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺮ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرت اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺷﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ ﻣﺪت‬.‫ﻻزم ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫زﻣﺎن ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻴﺮ و اﺣﺘﺮاز از‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪاره ﻇﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ آب در آن ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
.‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮد‬،‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
Time required for the decent of the liquid
meniscus from the zero line to the lowest
graduation line of the volumetric instrument. The
delivery time is determined with the stopcock "if
any" fully open and with the jet not in contact
with the side of the receiving vessel.
‫ ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن اﻧﺘﻈﺎر‬4-3
3.4 Waiting Time
Time to be observed after apparent completion of
liquid delivery of volumetric instrument and
before the final reading of the delivered volume is
taken.
‫ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎﻧﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ از وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ و ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ رﻗﻢ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﺳﭙﺮي ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
Note: Waiting time applies for burettes Class AS
(see 5.3.1.2).
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬AS ‫ ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن اﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎي رده‬:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
.(2-1-3-5 ‫دارد )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻟﻜﻞ ﺳﻨﺞ‬5-3
3.5 Alcoholmeter
،‫ ﻛﻪ درﺟﻪ اﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺟﺮﻣﻲ ﻳﺎ درﺟﻪ اﻟﻜﻠﻲ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ‬: ‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪاي اﺳﺖ‬
.‫آﻣﻴﺰهاي از آب و اﺗﺎﻧﻮل را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
An instrument which indicates :
The alcoholic strength by mass or The alcoholic
strength by volume, of a mixture of water and
ethanol.
‫ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﺑﻲ ﻏﻼف‬6-3
3.6 Solid-Stem Thermometer
‫اﻳﻦ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻨﻲ دارد ﻛﻪ دﻳﻮارهاش ﺿﺨﻴﻢ اﺳﺖ و‬
.‫ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺮ روي آن ﺣﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
Thermometer having a thick-walled capillary
stem, on which the scale is etched or marked.
7
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻏﻼﻓﺪار‬7-3
3.7 Enclosed-Scale Thermometer
‫اﻳﻦ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ و ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮار ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﺠﺰا‬
.‫دارد ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ دو درون ﻳﻚ ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ‬
Thermometer having a capillary stem adjacent to
a separate strip bearing the scale, both being
enclosed in a protective sheath.
‫ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ اﻧﻘﺒﺎض‬8-3
3.8 Contraction Chamber
An enlargement of the bore of the stem of a
thermometer which serves to reduce its length, or
to prevent contraction of the liquid column into
the bulb.
‫ﮔﺸﺎدﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﺳﺎﻗﻪ ﻳﻚ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﺷﺪن‬
‫ﻃﻮل آن ﻳﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪن ﺳﺘﻮن ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﻣﺨﺰن آن‬
.‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
3.9 Density of an Ethanol-Water Mixture at
20°C
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس‬20 ‫ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ آﻣﻴﺰه آب و اﺗﺎﻧﻮل در‬9-3
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ‬20 ‫ﺟﺮم واﺣﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ آﻣﻴﺰه در‬
.‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﻴﺎن ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
The mass of unit volume of the mixture at 20°C.
It is expressed in kilograms per cubic meter.
‫ دﻗﺖ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ‬10-3
3.10 Volumetric Accuracy
: ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ دو رده دﻗﺖ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Where two classes of accuracy are required :
- The higher grade shall be designated "Class
A"; or fine class.
‫" ؛ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ دﻗﺖ‬A ‫دﻗﺖ ﺑﺎ درﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ "رده‬
- The lower grade shall be designated "Class
B"; or coarse class.
‫" ؛ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ دﻗﺖ‬B ‫ دﻗﺖ ﺑﺎ درﺟﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ "رده‬-
-
.‫زﻳﺎد ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻛﻢ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-4
4. UNITS
‫واﺣﺪﻫــﺎ در اﻳـــﻦ اﺳﺘـــﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑــﺎ اﺳﺘـــﺎﻧﺪارد‬
(SI) ‫ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬IPS-E-GN-100
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ واﺣﺪ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
This Standard is based on International System of
Units (SI) as per IPS-E-GN-100, except where
otherwise specified.
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬-5
5. REQUIREMENTS
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ‬1-5
5.1 General Requirements for Volumetric
Glass wares
‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻋﺪدي ﺣﺪود ﺧﻄﺎي ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف‬1-1-5
5.1.1 The numerical values of limits of volumetric
error for articles shall comply with specified
values in this Standard which for general purposes
will be chosen from the R "10 series of preferred
numbers.(For R"10 series see ISO 384)
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻛﻪ‬
R" 10 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻋﺎم از اﻋﺪاد ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﻲ ﺳﺮيﻫﺎي‬
‫ )ﺑﺮاي آﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ‬.‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(ISO 384 ‫ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬R" 10 ‫ﺳﺮيﻫﺎي‬
5.1.2 Where two classes of accuracy are required
and permitted values of volumetric error are not
specified for one of those classes, then the limits
of volumetric error permitted for Class B shall in
general, be approximately twice those permitted
for Class A; However for all articles having a
scale, the maximum permitted volumetric error
for either class of accuracy shall not exceed the
volume equivalent of the smallest scale division.
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ دو رده دﻗﺖ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ‬2-1-5
‫ﺧﻄﺎي ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﻳﻜﻲ از اﻳﻦ دو رده ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﺣﺪود ﺧﻄﺎي ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً دو ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺧﻄﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺮاي رده‬B ‫رده‬
‫ در ﻫﺮ ﺻﻮرت ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻇﺮوف ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﻛﻪ داراي‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬A
‫ ﺧﻄﺎي ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺠﺎز‬،‫ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ از ردهﻫﺎي دﻗﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﻫﻢ ارز ﺣﺠﻤﻲ‬
.‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ‬
8
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ ﻣﻮاد‬3-1-5
5.1.3 Material
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎي‬
‫ اﻳﻦ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ و ﮔﺮﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﺪون ﻋﻴﻮب ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﺑﻮده و ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬
.‫ﻣﻌﻘﻮل ﻋﺎري از ﺗﻨﺶﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺟﺮم‬،‫اﮔﺮ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻗﻠﻴﺎﺋﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬3 ‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﺷﻴﺸﻪ در ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ آن ﻃﻲ آزﻣﻮن‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪن ﺷﻴﺸﻪ در ﻣﺤﻠﻮل ﻛﺮﺑﻨﺎت ﺳﺪﻳﻢ و ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺴﻴﺪﺳﺪﻳﻢ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪول‬ISO 695 ‫ﺑﻪ روش اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه در‬
Volumetric glassware shall be constructed of
glass of suitable chemical and thermal properties.
It shall be as free as possible from visible defects
and shall be reasonably free from internal stress.
If Alkali resistance glass is required, the loss in
mass per total surface area of the glass "when
tested for 3 hours in a boiling aqueous of sodium
carbonate and sodium hydroxide" shall comply
with Table 1. Test method, shall be in accordance
with ISO 695.
TABLE 1 - LIMIT VALUES IN THE ALKALI RESISTANCE TEST
‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺣﺪ در آزﻣﻮن ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻗﻠﻴﺎﻳﻲﻫﺎ‬-1 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Class
Characteristics
Loss In Mass Per Total Surface
Area After 3h mg/
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت‬
dm²
1)
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ آزﻣﻮن‬3 ‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺟﺮم در ﻛﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺲ از‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ دﺳﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
A1
A2
A3
Low Attack
Up to 75
‫ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬
75 ‫ﺗﺎ‬
Slight Attack
Above 75 up to 175
‫ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ‬
175 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬75 ‫ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
High Attack
Above 175
‫ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬
175 ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ از‬
ISO 695 : 1 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول‬
Based on table 1 : ISO 695
‫ ﻣﻴــﺰان ﻛــﺎﻫﺶ ﺟــﺮم ﺷﻴــﺸﻪ را در‬mg/dm2 (1
1)mg/dm² denotes the glass loss under
certain circumstances in milligram
divided by deci square meter
‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺣـﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠـﻲ ﮔـﺮم ﺑـﺮ‬
.‫دﺳﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ‬4-1-5
5.1.4 Shape
5.1.4.1 All articles shall be of a shape which will
facilitate emptying and drainage, and should
preferably be of circular cross-section.
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻇﺮوف ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ‬1-4-1-5
5.1.4.2 The shape of articles shall be so designed
that articles are convenient and satisfactory for its
intended use.
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻇﺮوف ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه‬2-4-1-5
5.1.4.3 All articles shall be sufficiently robust in
construction to withstand normal usage and the
wall thickness shall show no gross departure from
uniformity.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻇﺮوف ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬3-4-1-5
5.1.4.4 The numerical values of capacity of
articles of volumetric glassware for general
purposes should preferably be chosen from the
series 10, 20, 25 and 50, or a decimal multiple or
submultiples thereof.
‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻋﺪدي ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ‬4-4-1-5
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ راﺣﺘﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد و ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫داراي ﺑﺮش ﻋﺮﺿﻲ داﻳﺮهاي ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ راﺣﺖ و رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻋﺎم داراي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺳﺘﺒﺮ و ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻮده و‬
.‫در ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺘﻲ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪاره آﻧﻬﺎ اﻧﺤﺮاﻓﻲ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
،10 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻋﺎم ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد از ﺳﺮيﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻀﺮبﻫﺎ و ﺧﺎرج ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎي اﻋﺸﺎري آﻧﻬﺎ‬50 ‫ و‬25 ،20
.‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮔﺮدد‬
9
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻋﺪدي ﻫﻢ ارزﻫﺎي ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬5-4-1-5
5.1.4.5 The numerical value of the volume
equivalents of the smallest division on articles
having a scale shall be chosen from the series 1, 2
and 5, or a decimal multiple or submultiples
thereof. Some typical shapes of different
laboratory glass wares are given in Fig. 1:
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ در ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ داراي ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻀﺮب ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎرج ﻗﺴﻤﺖ اﻋﺸﺎري‬5 ‫ و‬2 ،1 ‫از ﺳﺮيﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ از اﺷﻜﺎل ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت‬.‫از آﻧﻬﺎ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
.‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬1 ‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ در ﺷﻜﻞ‬
Conical shoulder reagent
Bottle, narrow or wide
Mouth
aspirator bottle
‫ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ‬،‫ﺑﻄﺮي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮي ﻣﻜﻨـﺪه‬
‫ﮔﺸﺎد ﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﮓ‬
Burette With Funnel
Bulb Burette
(‫ﺑﻮرت ﻣﺨﺰن دار)ﺣﺒﺎﺑﺪار‬
‫ﺑﻮرت ﻗﻴﻒ دار‬
One-Mark (Bulb) Pipette
‫ﭘﻲ ﭘﺖ )ﻣﺨﺰن دار( ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
Fig. 1- SOME TYPICAL SHAPES OF DIFFERENT LABORATORY GLASS WARES
(Continued)
‫ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎي اﺷﻜﺎل ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬- 1 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
(‫)اداﻣﻪ دارد‬
10
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
Graduation and figuring of class a pipettes type 1
1 ‫ ﻧﻮع‬A ‫زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي وﺷﻤﺎرهﮔﺬاري ﭘﻲ ﭘﺖﻫﺎي رده‬
Erlenmeyer flask
(Narrow Mouth)
Erlenmeyer Flask
(ٌWide Mouth)
‫ﻓﻼﺳﻚ ارﻟﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻼﺳﻚ ارﻟﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﺮ‬
(‫)دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﮓ‬
(‫)دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺸﺎد‬
Fig. 1- SOME TYPICAL SHAPES OF DIFFERENT LABORATORY GLASS WARES
(Continued)
‫ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺷﻜﺎل ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬-1 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
(‫)اداﻣﻪ دارد‬
11
‫دي ‪Dec. 2008/ 1387‬‬
‫)‪IPS-M-GN-170(2‬‬
‫‪Two-Narrow Neck Boiling‬‬
‫)‪Flask (Round Bottom‬‬
‫‪Short Wide Neck, Flat‬‬
‫‪Bottom Flask‬‬
‫ﻓﻼﺳﻚ)ﺑﺎﻟﻦ( ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪن ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت‬
‫ﻓﻼﺳﻚ)ﺑﺎﻟﻦ( ﺗﻪ ﺻﺎف ﺑﺎ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺸﺎد‬
‫ﺗﻪ ﮔﺮد ﺑﺎد و دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﮓ و ﮔﺮدن ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ‬
‫و ﮔﺮدن ﻛﻮﺗﺎه‬
‫‪Three-Narrow Neck Boiling‬‬
‫)‪Flask (Round Bottom‬‬
‫‪Narrow Neck Boiling Flask‬‬
‫)‪(Round Bottom‬‬
‫ﻓﻼﺳﻚ)ﺑﺎﻟﻦ( ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪن ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت‬
‫ﻓﻼﺳﻚ)ﺑﺎﻟﻦ( ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪن ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت‬
‫ﺗﻪ ﮔﺮد ﺑﺎ ﺳﻪ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﮓ و ﮔﺮدن ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺗﻪ ﮔﺮد دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﮓ و ﮔﺮدن ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ‬
‫‪Fig. 1- SOME TYPICAL SHAPES OF DIFFERENT LABORATORY GLASSWARES‬‬
‫)‪(Continued‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -1‬ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺷﻜﺎل ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫)اداﻣﻪ دارد(‬
‫‪12‬‬
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
Straight Bore
Stopcock
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
Straight Bore Stopcock,
With Capillary Side Arms
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮراخ راﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮراخ راﺳﺖ و‬
‫ﺑﺎزوﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ داراي ﺳﻮراخ ﻣﻮﻳﺮﮔﻲ‬
Flat Head Stopper
Hollow Stopper
‫ﺳﺮﺗﺨﺖ ﭘﻮش ﺳﺮﺗﺨﺖ‬
‫در‬
‫درﭘﻮش‬
‫ﺗﻮﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫در‬
‫ﭘﻮشﺗﻮﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫درﭘﻮش‬
Tall Form Beaker
(Berzellus Boaker)
Conical Beaker
(Phillips Beaker)
(‫ﺑِﺸِﺮ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ )ﺑِﺸِﺮ ﺑﺮزﻟﻮس‬
(‫ﺑِﺸِﺮ ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ )ﺑِﺸِﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻴﭙﺲ‬
Beaker
‫ﺑِﺸـــِﺮ‬
Fig. 1- SOME TYPICAL SHAPES OF DIFFERENT LABORATORY GLASSWARES
(Continued)
‫ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎي اﺷﻜﺎل ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬-1 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
(‫)اداﻣﻪ دارد‬
13
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
Hopkins Condenser
Friedrichs Condenser
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪه ﻓﺮدرﻳﻜﺲ‬
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪه ﭘﻜﻴﻨﺰ‬
Glass Condenser
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪه ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي‬
Fig. 1- SOME TYPICAL SHAPES OF DIFFERENT LABORATORY GLASSWARES
(Continued)
‫ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺷﻜﺎل ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬-1 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
(‫)اداﻣﻪ دارد‬
14
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
Looped-Stem Funnel
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
Separating Funnel
‫ﻗﻴﻒ ﺳﺎﻗﻪ ﺣﻠﻘﻪاي‬
‫ﻗﻴﻒ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
Renault Pyknometer
Reisenauer Pyknometer
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ رِﻧﻮ‬
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ رﻳﺸِﺮ‬
Fig. 1- SOME TYPICAL SHAPES OF DIFFERENT LABORATORY GLASSWARES
‫ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺷﻜﺎل ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬-1 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﭘﺎﻳﺪاري‬7-1-5
5.1.7 Stability
‫ﻇﺮوف داراي ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﺮازي ﻗﺮار داده‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون ﻟﻖ ﺧﻮردن ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﺳﺎن ﻣﺤﻜﻢ روي ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬،‫ و ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻮر ﺑﺨﺶ زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ﻇﺮف ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﻇﺮوف ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺮ روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮرب ﺑﺎ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ اﻓﻖ ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ واژﮔﻮن‬15 ‫زاوﻳﻪ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻇﺮوﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ داراي ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪورﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺬﻛﻮر در‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻻ را در ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﻬﺎت دارا ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
Vessels provided with a flat base shall stand
firmly thereon without rocking when placed on a
level surface and, unless specified otherwise, the
axis of the graduated portion of the vessel should
be vertical. Vessels shall not topple when placed
empty on a surface inclined 15° to the horizontal.
Vessels provided with a base which is not circular
shall meet this requirement in all directions.
15
‫)‪IPS-M-GN-170(2‬‬
‫دي ‪Dec. 2008/ 1387‬‬
‫‪ 8-1-5‬ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫‪5.1.8 Delivery jet‬‬
‫‪ 1-8-1-5‬ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ در ﺻﻮرت اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪5.1.8.1 Delivery jets if any shall be solidly‬‬
‫‪manufactured with a smooth and gradual taper‬‬
‫‪without any sudden constriction at the orifice‬‬
‫‪which could give rise to a turbulent outflow.‬‬
‫‪ 2-8-1-5‬اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ارﺟﺤﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از‬
‫‪5.1.8.2 The end of the jet shall be finished by one‬‬
‫‪of the methods listed below in order of preference:‬‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺻﺎف و ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪرﻳﺞ ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﺑﺪون ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ در دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﻴﺮونرﻳﺰي‬
‫آﺷﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﮔﺮدد ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت اﺳﺘﻮار ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫روﺷﻬﺎي ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪه در زﻳﺮ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﮔﺮدد‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻮك ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻤﻮد ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮر‬
‫‪a) smoothly ground with the plane of tip at‬‬
‫‪right angle to the axis slightly beveled on the‬‬
‫;‪outside and fire-polished‬‬
‫ب( ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮك ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻋﻤﻮد ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫‪b) molded with the plane of tip at right angle to‬‬
‫;‪the axis and slightly beveled on the outside‬‬
‫ج( ﻋﻤﻮد ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺮﻳﺪه ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ داده‬
‫‪c) cut at right angle to the longitudinal axis and‬‬
‫‪fire-polished.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎف ﺳﺎﻳﻴﺪه ﺷﻮد و ﻟﺒﻪ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ آن ﻛﻤﻲ ﭘﺦ ﺷﺪه و‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ داده ﺷﻮد؛‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد و ﻟﺒﻪ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ آن ﻛﻤﻲ ﭘﺦ ﺷﻮد؛‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺻﻴﻘﻞ دادن ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻟﺐ ﭘﺮﻳﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫را ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻣﺼﺮف ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ وﻟﻲ ﺑﻬﺮﺣﺎل ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫اﻳﺠﺎد ﺗﻨﺶ ﻧﺎﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪A fire-polished finish reduces the danger of‬‬
‫‪chipping in use, but anyhow should not result‬‬
‫‪undue stress.‬‬
‫‪ 3-8-1-5‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻜﻤﻞ ﻳﻚ‬
‫‪5.1.8.3 The jet should form an integral part of an‬‬
‫‪article intended for Class A and should preferably‬‬
‫‪form an integral part of an article intended for‬‬
‫‪Class B.‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي رده ‪ A‬را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫دﻫﺪ و ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻜﻤﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي رده ‪ B‬را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ دﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 9-1-5‬درﭘﻮشﻫﺎ‬
‫‪5.1.9 Stoppers‬‬
‫‪ 1-9-1-5‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد در ﭘﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً‬
‫‪5.1.9.1 Glass stoppers should preferably be‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﺒﺎده زده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮري ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬در اﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎي ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ‪ISO 383‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬اﮔﺮ در ﭘﻮشﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد ﺧﺎص ﺟﻔﺖ و ﺟﻮر ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ از ﻧﺸﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﺪ و ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه‬
‫)ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ( ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪1:10‬ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ground so as to be interchangeable, in which case‬‬
‫‪the ground portions shall comply with ISO 383. If‬‬
‫‪individually fitted, they shall be well ground so as‬‬
‫‪to prevent leakage, preferably with a taper of‬‬
‫‪approximately 1/10.‬‬
‫‪ 2-9-1-5‬در ﭘــﻮشﻫــﺎي ﺳــﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷــﺪه از ﻣــﻮاد ﭘﻼﺳــﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪5.1.9.2 Stoppers of a suitably inert plastics‬‬
‫‪material may be permitted as an alternative to‬‬
‫‪glass. In such cases, the glass socket into which‬‬
‫‪the stopper fits should preferably comply with‬‬
‫‪ISO 383.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ و ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻴـﺸﻪ ﻣﺠـﺎز‬
‫ﺷــﻤﺮده ﺷــﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬در ﭼﻨــﻴﻦ ﺷــﺮاﻳﻄﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻــﻴﻪ ﻣﻴــﺸﻮد دﻫﺎﻧــﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﻛﻪ در ﭘــﻮش در آن ﻗﺮار ﻣـﻲ ﮔﻴـــﺮد ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ ﺑـــﺎ‬
‫‪ ISO 383‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
[
5.1.10 Stopcocks or similar devices
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ ﻳﺎ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬10-1-5
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ و وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬1-10-1-5
‫ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل دﻗﻴﻖ و آرام ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ را ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎرج اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ و از ﻣﻴﺰان ﻧﺸﺘﻲ زﻳﺎدﺗﺮ از‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮي ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ و وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬2-10-1-5
5.1.10.1 Stopcocks and similar devices shall be
designed to permit smooth and precise control of
outflow and to prevent a rate of leakage greater
than that allowed in this Standard for the specific
article.
5.1.10.2 Stopcocks and similar devices shall be
made from glass or from suitable inert plastics
material.
.‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
5.1.10.3 All-glass stopcocks shall have the key
and barrel finely ground preferably to a taper of
1/10.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي‬3-10-1-5
5.1.10.4 Glass stopcock barrels to receive plastics
keys shall be polished internally.
‫ ﺗﻨﻪ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ‬4-10-1-5
5.1.10.5 Stopcock components may be fitted with
suitable retaining devices.
‫ اﺟﺰاء ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬5-10-1-5
5.1.11 Graduation lines (see Appendix C in
ISO 384)
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي)ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج در‬11-1-5
Graduation lines shall be clean, permanent lines of
uniform thickness.
.‫ داﺋﻤﻲ و ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬
5.1.11.1 A maximum thickness of graduation line
shall be specified appropriate to the particular
article and its class of accuracy. This thickness
shall not exceed one-half of the linear equivalent
of the limit of volumetric error (see Appendix C
in ISO 384).
‫ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ و رده دﻗﺖ‬1-11-1-5
5.1.11.2 On articles having a scale, the specified
maximum thickness of lines shall not exceed onequarter of the minimum distance between centers
of adjacent lines.
‫ ﺑﺮ روي ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ داراي ﻧﺮده‬2-11-1-5
5.1.11.3 All graduation lines shall lie in planes at
right angles to the longitudinal axis of the
graduated portion of the article. On articles
provided with a flat base, the graduation lines
shall therefore lie in planes parallel to the base.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻋﻤـﻮد ﺑـﺮ‬3-11-1-5
‫دﺳﺘﻪ و ﺗﻨﻪ ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده ﻇﺮﻳﻒ و ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ‬
.‫ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬1:10 ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﻴﻘﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه‬،‫در آﻧﻬﺎ از دﺳﺘﻪ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(ISO 384
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻂ زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﻳﻚ دوم ﻫﻢ ارز ﺧﻄﻲ‬.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج‬.‫ﺣﺪ ﺧﻄﺎي ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.( ISO 384 ‫در‬
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي‬،‫زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﻳﻚ ﭼﻬﺎرم ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮاﻛﺰ‬
.‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﺠﺎور ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮر ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺨﺶ زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨـﺪي ﺷـﺪه ﺷﻴـﺸﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳـﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻗـﺮار‬
‫ ﻟﺬا در ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳـﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻛـﻪ داراي ﭘﺎﻳـﻪ ﺗﺨـﺖ‬.‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺻـﻔﺤﺎت ﻣـﻮازي ﭘﺎﻳـﻪ ﻗـﺮار‬،‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
17
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
5.1.11.4 In general, graduation lines should be
confined to cylindrical portions of an article’s
cross-section. In special circumstances, preferably
for Class B articles only where specified,
graduation lines may be provided on a parallel
side portion of non-circular cross-section or on a
conical or tapered portion of the article.
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ‬4-11-1-5
5.1.11.5 On articles not having a scale, all
graduation lines should extend completely round
the circumference of the article, except that a gap,
not exceeding 10% of the circumference, is
permitted. In the case of an article which is
restricted as to the normal direction of viewing in
use, this gap should be at the right or left of the
normal direction of view.
‫ در ﻣﻮرد ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ داراي ﻧﺮده‬5-11-1-5
‫ در‬.‫ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪاي ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
B ‫ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ رده‬،‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ وﻳﮋه‬
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ‬،‫ﻓﻘﻂ در ﻣﻮارد ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫روي ﺑﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﺎري ﻣﻮازي ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺪور ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ روي ﺑﺨﺶ‬
.‫ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ دورﺗﺎدور‬،‫ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻟﺒﺘﻪ اﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط‬.‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ اداﻣــﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬10 ‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪاي ﻛﻪ از‬
‫ در‬.‫ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪه و اداﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻧﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬،‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮرد ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ آن ﺿﻤﻦ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬،‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد در ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﻣﺤﺪود ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺳﻤﺖ راﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﭼﭗ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮل دﻳﺪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬12-1-5
5.1.12 Scales
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬1-12-1-5
5.1.12.1 Spacing of graduation lines
5.1.12.1.1 There should be no evident irregularity
in the spacing of graduation lines (except in
special cases where the scale is on a conical or
tapered portion of the article).
‫ در ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ‬1-1-12-1-5
5.1.12.1.2 The minimum distance between the
centers of adjacent graduation lines shall be not
less, in relation to diameter, than that calculated
from the formula.
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮاﻛﺰ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي در‬2-1-12-1-5
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻤﻲ آﺷﻜﺎر وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ) ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﻣﻮارد ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺮ روي ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬
.(‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻣﻘﺪاري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
.‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮل زﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
(0.8 + 0.02 D) mm
(0.8 + 0.02 D) mm
Where D is the maximum permitted internal
diameter of the tube in millimeters (see Appendix
C in ISO 384).
‫ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬D
.(ISO 384 ‫)ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
(2‫ ﻃﻮل ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي)ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬2-12-1-5
5.1.12.2 Length of graduation lines (see Fig. 2)
‫ در ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻧﺮده دار ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮش‬1-2-12-1-5
5.1.12.2.1 On articles of circular cross-section
having a scale, the length of the graduation lines
shall be varied so as to be clearly distinguishable
and shall be in accordance with one of the
provisions of 5.1.12.2.2, 5.1.12.2.3 or 5.1.12.2.4
as specified in specific requirements.
‫ ﻃﻮل ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي‬،‫ﻋﺮﺿﻲ داﻳــﺮهاي‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر روﺷﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑــﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ از ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨــﻮان‬
3-2-12-1-15 ،2-2-12-1-5 ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت وﻳــﮋه در ﺑﻨــﺪﻫﺎي‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬4-12-2-1-5 ‫ﻳـــﺎ‬
18
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
I ‫ ﻃﺮح زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻤﺎره‬2-2-12-1-5
5.1.12.2.2 Graduation pattern I
a) The length of the short lines should be
approximately, but not less than, 50% of the
circumference of the article.
50 ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻃﻮل ﺧﻄﻮط ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه‬
b) The length of the medium lines should be
approximately 65% of the circumference of the
article and should extend symmetrically at
each end beyond the end of the short lines.
‫ درﺻﺪ‬65 ً‫ب( ﻃﻮل ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
.‫درﺻﺪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ وﻟﻲ ﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از آن‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر‬
‫ﻣﺘﻘﺎرن در ﻫﺮ اﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﺮاﺗﺮ از اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺧﻄﻮط ﻛﻮﺗﺎه اداﻣﻪ‬
.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
c) The long lines should extend completely
round the circumference of the article, but a
gap, not exceeding 10% of the circumference,
is permitted (see 5.1.11.5).
‫ج( ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ دور ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
‫ وﻟﻲ وﺟﻮد‬،‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫــﻲ اداﻣﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬10 ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪاي ﺑﺪون ﺧﻂ ﻛﻪ از‬
.(5-11-1-5 ‫ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
II ‫ ﻃﺮح زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻤﺎره‬3-2-12-1-5
5.1.12.2.3 Graduation pattern II
50 ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻃﻮل ﺧﻄﻮط ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه‬
a) The length of the short lines should be not
less than 10% and not more than 20% of the
circumference of the article.
.‫درﺻﺪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ وﻟﻲ ﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از آن‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬1/5 ً‫ب( ﻃﻮل ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
b) The length of the medium lines should be
approximately 1.5 times the length of the short
lines and should extend symmetrically at each
end beyond the end of the short lines.
‫ﻃﻮل ﺧﻄﻮط ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺘﻘﺎرن‬
.‫در ﻫﺮ اﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﺮاﺗﺮ از اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺧﻄﻮط ﻛﻮﺗﺎه اداﻣﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ج( ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ دور ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
c) The long lines should extend completely
round the circumference of the article, but a
gap, not exceeding 10% of the circumference,
may be permitted (see 5.1.11.5).
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫــﻲ اداﻣﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ وﻟﻲ وﺟﻮد‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬10 ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪاي ﺑﺪون ﺧﻂ ﻛﻪ از‬
.(5-11-1-5 ‫ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺖ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
III ‫ ﻃﺮح زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻤﺎره‬4-2-12-1-5
5.1.12.2.4 Graduation pattern III
a) The length of the short lines should be not
less than 10% and not more than 20% of the
circumference of the article.
10 ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻃﻮل ﺧﻄﻮط ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
b) The length of the medium lines should be
approximately 1.5 times the length of the short
lines and should extend symmetrically at each
end beyond the ends of the short lines.
‫ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬1/5 ً‫ب( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻃﻮل ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
c) The length of the long lines should be not
less than twice the length of the short lines and
should extend symmetrically at each end
beyond the ends of the short and medium lines.
‫ج( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻃﻮل ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از دو ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬20 ‫درﺻﺪ و ﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻮل ﺧﻄﻮط ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺘﻘﺎرن در ﻫﺮ اﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﺮاﺗﺮ‬
.‫از اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺧﻄﻮط ﻛﻮﺗﺎه اداﻣﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺘﻘﺎرن در ﻫﺮ اﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﺮاﺗﺮ‬
.‫از اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺧﻄﻮط ﻛﻮﺗﺎه و ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ اداﻣﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮح زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي دﻳﮕﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ در‬:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note: Any other graduation pattern or any
modification on given patterns needs written
permission of Company.
.‫ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎي ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ اﺟﺎزه ﻛﺘﺒﻲ از ﺷﺮﻛﺖ دارد‬
19
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ﺟﻬﺖ دﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎه‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎه‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎه‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
GRADUATION PATTERN I
I ‫ﻃﺮح زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻤﺎره‬
GRADUATION PATTERN II
II ‫ﻃﺮح زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻤﺎره‬
GRADUATION PATTERN III
III ‫ﻃﺮح زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻤﺎره‬
Fig. 2- LENGTH AND POSITION OF GRADUATION LINES
‫ ﻃﻮل و ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎه ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬-2 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
5.1.13 Sequence of graduation lines (see
Fig. 3)
(3 ‫ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي)ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬13-1-5
5.1.13.1 On articles in which the volume
equivalent of the smallest scale division is 1 ml
(or a decimal multiple or submultiple thereof):
‫ در ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻢ ارز ﺣﺠﻤﻲ‬1-13-1-5
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻟﻴﺘﺮ )ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻀﺮب‬1 ‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي آن‬
:‫ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎرج ﻗﺴﻤﺖ اﻋﺸﺎري از آن( اﺳﺖ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻫﺮ دﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ اﺳﺖ؛‬
a) every tenth graduation line is a long line;
b) there is a medium line midway between
two consecutive long lines;
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه وﺟﻮد‬،‫ب( در ﺣﺪ واﺳﻂ دو ﺧﻂ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﻲ‬
c) there are four short lines between
consecutive medium and long lines.
‫ ﭼﻬﺎر ﺧﻂ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه وﺟﻮد‬،‫ج( ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﻠﻨﺪ و ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﻲ‬
‫دارد؛‬
.‫دارد‬
‫ در ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻢ ارز ﺣﺠﻤﻲ‬2-13-1-5
5.1.13.2 On articles in which the volume
equivalent of the smallest scale division is 2 ml
(or a decimal multiple or submultiple thereof):
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻟﻴﺘﺮ )ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻀﺮب‬2 ‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي آن‬
:‫ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎرج ﻗﺴﻤﺖ اﻋﺸﺎري از آن( اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ اﺳﺖ؛‬،‫اﻟﻒ( ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺠﻤﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬
a) every fifth graduation line is a long line;
.‫ ﭼﻬﺎر ﺧﻂ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه وﺟﻮد دارد‬،‫ب( ﺑﻴﻦ دو ﺧﻂ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﻲ‬
b) there are four short lines between two
consecutive long lines.
20
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ در ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻢ ارز ﺣﺠﻤﻲ‬3-13-1-5
5.1.13.3 On articles in which the volume
equivalent of the smallest scale division is 5 ml
(or a decimal multiple or sub multiple thereof):
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻟﻴﺘﺮ )ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻀﺮب‬5 ‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي آن‬
:‫ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎرج ﻗﺴﻤﺖ اﻋﺸﺎري از آن( اﺳﺖ‬
a) every tenth graduation line is a long line;
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ اﺳﺖ؛‬،‫اﻟﻒ( ﻫﺮ دﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
b) there are four medium lines equally
spaced between two consecutive long lines;
‫ ﭼﻬﺎر ﺧﻂ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ‬،‫ب( ﺑﻴﻦ دو ﺧﻂ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﻲ‬
c) there is one short line between two
consecutive medium lines or between
consecutive medium and long lines.
‫ج( ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﺑﻴﻦ دو ﺧﻂ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺎوي وﺟﻮد دارد؛‬
.‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ و ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ وﺟﻮد دارد‬
GRADUATION PATTERN I (SEE 5.1.12.2.2)
(2-2-12-1-5 ‫ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬I ‫ﻃﺮح زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻤﺎره‬
GRADUATION PATTERN II (SEE 5.1.12.2.3)
(3-2-12-1-5 ‫ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬II ‫ﻃﺮح زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻤﺎره‬
GRADUATION PATTERN III (SEE 5.1.12.2.4)
(4-2-12-1-5 ‫)ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬III‫ﻃﺮح زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻤﺎره‬
Fig. 3- LENGTH AND SEQUENCE OF GRADUATION LINES
‫ ﻃﻮل و ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬-3 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
21
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬14-1-5
5.1.14 Figuring of graduation lines
The requirements given in 5.1.14.1, 5.1.14.2 and
5.1.14.3 shall be applied for articles for which
figuring of graduation lines are not specified.
‫ و‬2-14-1-5 ،1-14-1-5 ‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ‬3-14-1-5
‫ﺷﻤﺎرهﮔﺬاري ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺮاي آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‬
5.1.14.1 On articles having one, two or three
graduation lines, the numbers representing
nominal capacity need not be adjacent to the lines
to which they relate.
‫ دو ﻳﺎ ﺳﻪ‬،‫ در ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ داراي ﻳﻚ‬1-14-1-5
5.1.14.2 On articles having one principal
graduation line and a small number of subsidiary
lines, the number representing the principal
capacity need not be adjacent to the principle line,
provided that the subsidiary graduation lines are
suitably identified.
‫ در ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ داراي ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ‬2-14-1-5
‫ ﻧﻴﺎزي ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ اﻋﺪاد ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ دﻫﻨﺪه ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ‬،‫ﺧﻂ زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫ ﻣﺠﺎور ﺧﻄﻮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ ﻋﺪد ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬،‫زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي اﺻﻠﻲ و ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﻤﻲ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
،‫دﻫﻨﺪه ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ اﺻﻠﻲ ﻧﻴﺎزي ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺠﺎور ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺮوط ﺑﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ‬
.‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ در ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ داراي ﻧﺮده‬3-14-1-15
5.1.14.3 On articles having scale
:‫زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬
a) the scale shall be so figured as to enable the
value corresponding to each graduation line to
be readily identified;
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬
b) the scale should normally have only one set
of figures;
‫ب( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻚ‬
c) at least every tenth line shall be figured;
‫ج( دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ﻫﺮ دﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺑﻪ راﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺘﻮان رﻗﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺧﻂ زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي را‬
.‫ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ داد‬
.‫دﺳﺘﻪ اﻋﺪاد را دارا ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
d) figures shall be confined to long graduation
lines and should be placed immediately above
the line and slightly to the right of the adjacent
shorter graduation lines;
‫د( اﻋﺪاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﻠﻨﺪ زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺧﻂ و ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف راﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺘﺮ ﻣﺠﺎور ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻫ( در ﻣﻮارد ﺧﺎص ﻛﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ از ﻋﺪدي ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ‬
e) where it is necessary in special cases to use
a number relating to a medium or short
graduation line, the number should be placed
slightly to the right of the end of the line in
such a way that an extension of the line would
bisect it.
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬،‫ﺧﻂ زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻋﺪد ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف راﺳﺖ در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺧﻂ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي‬
‫ آن را ﺑﻪ دو ﻧﻴﻢ‬،‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ﻛﻪ اﮔﺮ ﺧﻂ اداﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
5.1.15 Visibility of graduation lines, figures
and inscriptions
‫ اﻋﺪاد و‬،‫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎن ﺑﻮدن ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬15-1-5
5.1.15.1 All figures and inscriptions shall be of
such size and form as to be clearly legible under
normal conditions of use.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﻋﺪاد و ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻈﺮ اﻧﺪازه و ﺷﻜﻞ‬1-15-1-5
5.1.15.2 All graduation lines, figures
inscriptions shall be clearly visible
permanent.
‫ اﻋﺪاد و ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬2-15-1-5
‫ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬
.‫واﺿﺢ ﺧﻮاﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
and
and
.‫داﺋﻤﻲ و ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت واﺿﺢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
22
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
5.1.15.3 The durability of graduation lines and
inscriptions shall be tested by the methods
described in ISO 4794.
‫ دوام ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي و ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ روش‬3-15-1-5
5.1.16 Laboratory glass wares which for them,
special requirements are given in this Standard
shall conform the general requirements of this
Standard as applicable.
‫ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي آﻧﻬﺎ در اﻳﻦ‬16-1-5
.‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬ISO 4794 ‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ داده ﺷﺪه در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت وﻳﮋهاي ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻮارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻄﺮيﻫﺎي آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬2-5
5.2 Requirements for Laboratory Bottles
( ISO 4796-1, 2 and 3 ‫)ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
(see ISO 4796-1, 2 and 3)
‫ ﻣﻮاد‬1-2-5
5.2.1 Material
‫ﺑﻄﺮيﻫﺎي آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﮔﺮدندار ﭘﻴﭽﻲ و ﻣﻜﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬
‫ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺪون رﻧﮓ ﺷﻔﺎف ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬3/3 ‫ﺑﺮوﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎت‬
.‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ISO 3585
‫ﺑﻄﺮيﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮدنﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺮوﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎت‬
‫ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻳـــﺎ ﺑﺪون رﻧﮓ ﺷﻔﺎف ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑـــﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬3/3
‫ ﻳـــﺎ اﻧﻮاع دﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﻴﺸــﻪﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣــﺎت رده‬ISO 3585
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ISO 719 ‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ از آن ﻛﻪ در‬HGB3
.‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺶ دروﻧﻲ و ﻧﻮاﻗﺺ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎن در ﺷﻴﺸﻪ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﺒﺎبﻫﺎي ﻫﻮا‬
‫در ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬،‫در اﺛﺮ ﺷﻮك ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﺋﻲ را ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‬
.‫داده ﺷﻮد‬
Screw necked and aspirator bottles shall be
constructed of clear, colorless or amber
borosilicate glass 3.3 in accordance with
ISO 3585.
Bottles with conical necks shall be constructed of
clear, colorless or amber borosilicate glass 3.3 in
accordance with ISO 3585 or from other glass
types, complying with the requirements of class
HGB3 or better specified in ISO 719.
Internal stress and visible defects in the glass
(such as bubbles near the surface) shall be
reduced to a level sufficient to minimize the
possibility of fracture due to thermal or
mechanical shock
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﻄﺮي ﺑــﺎ دﻣﻴﺪن ﺷﻴﺸﻪ در ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑــﻪ‬2-2-5
‫ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ را در ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺪون‬
‫ ﻧﺎزكﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬.‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ در ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪاره آن ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ آورد‬
‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻧﺒــﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻲ ﻛﻤﺘـﺮ از ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﺘﻮﺳــﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع از ﺑﻄﺮيﻫـــﺎ در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫـــﺎي‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ISO 4796-1,2 and 3
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﺠﺎد ﺳﻄﺢ اﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﺻﺎف ﺑﻴﻦ دﻳﻮاره ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ و‬3-2-5
5.2.2 The bottle shall be blown so as to evenly
distribute the glass in the mould avoiding sudden
change in wall thickness. The thinnest areas shall
not have a thickness less than the minimum value
specified for each type of bottles in
ISO 4796-1,2 and 3.
5.2.3 The shoulder of the bottle shall have a
suitable radius in order to provide a smooth
transition between the side and the conical upper
portion of the bottle.
‫ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻄﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺷﻌﺎع‬،‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺑﻄﺮي‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﻻﺋﻲ ﺑﻄﺮيﻫﺎي ﮔﺮدندار ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬4-2-5
5.2.4 The upper portion of the bottles shall be of
conical shape. The transition radius to the neck
shall be as small as possible compatible with good
manufacturing practice (see ISO 4796-1,2,3).
‫ ﺷﻌﺎع ﺑﺨﺶ اﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺎ ﮔﺮدن ﺑﻄﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ‬.‫ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬،‫ﺣﺪي ﻛﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺧﻮب اﻣﻜﺎﻧﭙﺬﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
(ISO 4796-1,2,3 ‫ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﺑﻄﺮيﻫﺎي ﮔﺮدن ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺎ‬5-2-5
5.2.5 The outer surface of the conical neck bottles
may be coated with a suitable plastics material as
a protection and to limit leakage of liquid if the
bottle is damaged. The coating shall be resistant
to steam sterilization of 135 °C.
‫ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ آﻧﻬﺎ و ﻣﺤﺪود ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫ﻧﺸﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﺻﻮرت آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪن ﺑﻄﺮي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داد‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس ﺳﺘﺮون ﮔﺮدد‬135 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺨﺎر در‬
23
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
5.2.6 The internal surface of the conical neck
socket shall be smooth, suitable to fit with a
rubber stopper, or shall be finished by fine
grinding. If the surface is finished, the grinding
shall comply with the interchangeable conical
ground joints specified in ISO 383 and with the
dimensions specified in table 1 of ISO 4796-1. If
the socket surface is smooth, the socket
dimensions shall be suited for finishing by fine
grinding so as to fit specified interchangeable
conical ground joint.
‫ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬،‫ ﺳﻄﺢ دروﻧﻲ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﮔﺮدن ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺎف‬6-2-5
5.2.7 Preferred nominal capacities are 50, 100,
250, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000 and 10000 ml. 5000
and 10000 ml bottles shall be equipped with
stoppers and handles.
‫ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي اﺳﻤﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻄﺮيﻫﺎ ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ‬7-2-5
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﺒﺎده زدن‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪن در ﭘﻮش ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ در آن‬
،‫ اﮔﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺬﻛﻮر ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬.‫ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﻇﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎلﻫﺎي ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده‬
‫ و ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ‬ISO 383 ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬ISO 4796-1 ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در ﺟﺪول اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ اﺑﻌﺎد ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ اﮔﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﺻﺎف اﺳﺖ‬.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎاﺗﺼﺎل‬،‫ﻛﻤﻚ ﺳﻨﺒﺎده زدن ﻇﺮﻳﻒ‬
.‫ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺟﻔﺖ ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬10000 ‫ و‬5000 ،2000 ،500 ،250 ،100 ،50 :‫از‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ در ﭘﻮش‬10000 ‫ و‬5000 ‫ﺑﻄﺮيﻫﺎي‬
.‫و دﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
5.2.8 The neck of the bottle shall be stoutly
constructed and, in the case of ground conical
necks, finished with a strengthening lip formed to
facilitate pouring without liquid running down the
outside of the bottle. A clip-on anti-drip ring of
plastics material fitting into a slightly recessed
channel on the outside of the neck is a permitted
alternative form of construction.
‫ ﮔﺮدن ﺑﻄﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ و ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و‬8-2-5
5.2.9 Bottles shall preferably be provided with
stoppers, closures which shall be of glass, rubber
or of a suitable inert plastics material
‫ ﺑﻄﺮيﻫﺎ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ درﭘﻮشﻫﺎ و در‬9-2-5
5.2.10 If required, laboratory bottles shall be
equipped with stoppers, handles, stopcocks,
aspirators, caps with or without screwed neck,
tubes for tubing and etc.
‫ ﺑﻄﺮيﻫﺎ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ در‬10-2-5
5.2.11 General requirements of bottles shall
comply with Sub-clause 5.1 as appropriate.
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﻄﺮيﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬11-2-5
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻟﺒﻪ‬،‫در ﻣﻮرد ﮔﺮدنﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده‬
‫آن ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ رﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ را از ﺑﻄﺮي ﺑﺪون ﺷُﺮه ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ‬
‫ روش‬.‫ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫دﻳﻮارهﻫﺎي ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ آن ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺣﻠﻘــﻪ ﭼﻜﻪ‬،‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮ ﺟﺎ اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﺷﻴﺎري اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﻓﺮورﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﻛﻢ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﺮ ﺑﻴﺮون ﮔﺮدن ﺑﻄﺮي اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ از ﻣﻮاد‬،‫ﺑﻄﺮيﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ از ﺟﻨﺲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬
.‫ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺮﭘﻮش ﺑﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪون‬،‫ ﻣﻜﻨﺪه‬،‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ‬،‫ دﺳﺘﻪ‬،‫ﭘﻮش‬
.‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫ﮔﺮدن ﭘﻴﭻ دار‬
.‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬1-5 ‫ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎ‬3-5
5.3 Requirements for Burettes
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬1-3-5
5.3.1 General requirements for burettes (see
ISO 385)
(ISO 385
5.3.1.1 Volumetric accuracy
‫ دﻗﺖ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ‬1-1-3-5
There shall be two classes of accuracy:
:‫دو رده دﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
24
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ ﺑﺮاي دﻗﺖ‬AS ‫ و‬A ‫ )ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ردهﻫﺎي‬A ‫ رده‬(‫ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎ درﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي دﻗﺖ ﺑﺎ درﺟﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬B ‫ رده‬‫در ﻫﻴﭽﻴﻚ از دو رده ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪ ﺧﻄﺎي ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ از‬
.‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪيﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ‬
- Class A (subdivided into Classes A and AS)
for the higher grade.
- Class B for the lower grade.
In neither class shall the limit of volumetric error
exceed the smallest scale division.
‫ اﻧﻮاع ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎ‬2-1-3-5
5.3.1.2 Types of burettes
:‫دو ﻧﻮع ﺑﻮرت در زﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي آن ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن اﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‬.(B ‫ و‬A ‫)رده ﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬30 ‫ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي آن ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن اﻧﺘﻈﺎر‬(AS ‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ )رده‬
The following two types of burettes are specified:
- that for which no waiting time is specified
(Classes A and B)
- that for which a waiting time of 30s is
specified (Class AS)
‫ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ و ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬3-1-3-5
5.3.1.3 Capacities and related scales
5.3.1.3.1 Nominal capacities, subdivisions and
maximum permissible errors of burettes are given
in table 2.
‫ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬،‫ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي اﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎ‬1-3-1-3-5
Errors in the delivered volume shall not exceed
the limits given in table 2. These limits represent
the maximum permitted error at any point on the
scale, and also the maximum permissible
difference between the errors at any two points.
‫ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎ در ﺣﺠﻢﻫﺎي اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﺣﺪود داده ﺷﺪه در‬
‫ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ را‬،‫ ﺣﺪود ﻣﺬﻛﻮر‬.‫ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬2 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
‫در ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ اﺧﺘﻼف ﻣﺠﺎز‬
.‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ را ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎ در ﻫﺮ دو ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ISO 4787‫آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑـــﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬ISO 385
.‫ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬2 ‫و ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎ در ﺟﺪول‬
Test shall be carried out in accordance with
ISO 4787 and ISO 385.
TABLE 2 - CAPACITIES, SUB-DIVISIONS AND MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE ERROR
‫ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻓﺮﻋﻲ و ﺧﻄﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬،‫ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ‬-2 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Nominal
Capacity
ml
‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
1
2
5
5
10
10
25
25
50
100
Maximum Permissible Error
Subdivision
ml
‫ﺧﻄﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
Class A And AS
ml
AS ‫ و‬A ‫رده‬
Class B
ml
B ‫رده‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
0.01
0.02
0.01
0.02
0.02
0.05
0.05
0.1
0.1
0.2
±0.01
±0.01
±0.01
±0.01
±0.02
±0.02
±0.03
±0.05
±0.05
±0.1
±0.02
±0.02
±0.02
±0.02
±0.05
±0. 05
±0.05
±0.1
±0.1
±0.2
25
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻤﻲ و‬2-3-1-3-5
5.3.1.3.2 If burettes are required with nominal
capacities and/or sub-divisions other than those
listed in table 2, it is recommended that they
conform with the essential requirements of
ISO 385.
‫ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪه‬2 ‫ﻳﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ آﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺟﺪول‬
‫ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺎﺳﻲ اراﺋﻪ‬،‫اﺳﺖ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ISO 385 ‫ﺷﺪه در‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد‬4-1-3-5
5.3.1.4 Material
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ‬3-1-5 ‫ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
HGB3 ‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ و وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ISO 719 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
In addition to complying with 5.1.3, burettes
shall be manufactured from glass of chemical
resistance and thermal properties at least to HGB3
in accordance with ISO 719.
‫ اﺑﻌﺎد‬5-1-3-5
5.3.1.5 Dimensions
‫ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎ را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ داراي ﺻﻔﺮ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر و ﻣﺨﺰن ذﺧﻴﺮه‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻃﻮل ﺳﺮاﺳﺮي‬.‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
1050 ‫ﺑﻮرت در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ روي ﻣﺨﺰن ﺳﻮار ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ از‬
.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ در آﻧﻬﺎ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪهاي ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده‬3 ‫ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺑﻌﺎدي ﻛﻪ در ﺟﺪول‬
.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
Burettes may be supplied with an auto-zero
device and liquid storage reservoir. In this case
the overall length of the burette when assembled
to the reservoir should not exceed 1050 mm.
Burettes not provided with such a filling device
shall comply with the dimensional requirements
shown in table 3.
26
‫دي ‪Dec. 2008/ 1387‬‬
‫)‪IPS-M-GN-170(2‬‬
‫‪TABLE 3 - FIGURING OF GRADUATION LINES‬‬
‫ﺟﺪول ‪ -3‬ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫‪OVERALL‬‬
‫‪LENGTH‬‬
‫‪SUBDIVISION‬‬
‫‪ml‬‬
‫‪SCALE LENGTH‬‬
‫ﻃﻮل ﻧﺮده‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻃﻮل ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‪max.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‪max.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ‪min.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪mm‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪mm‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪mm‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫‪NOMINAL‬‬
‫‪CAPACITY‬‬
‫‪ml‬‬
‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫‪575‬‬
‫‪200‬‬
‫‪150‬‬
‫‪0.01‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪650‬‬
‫‪300‬‬
‫‪200‬‬
‫‪0.01‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪820‬‬
‫‪600‬‬
‫‪480‬‬
‫‪0.01‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪800‬‬
‫‪600‬‬
‫‪250‬‬
‫‪0.02‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪820‬‬
‫‪600‬‬
‫‪480‬‬
‫‪0.02‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪620‬‬
‫‪450‬‬
‫‪250‬‬
‫‪0.05‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪820‬‬
‫‪600‬‬
‫‪480‬‬
‫‪0.05‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪620‬‬
‫‪450‬‬
‫‪250‬‬
‫‪0.10‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪820‬‬
‫‪600‬‬
‫‪500‬‬
‫‪0.10‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪870‬‬
‫‪650‬‬
‫‪550‬‬
‫‪0.20‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪Distance of zero line from top of burette: ≥ 50 mm‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﻂ ﺻﻔﺮ از ﺑﺎﻻي ﺑﻮرت ﻣﺴﺎوي ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ‪ 50‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪Distance of lowest graduation line from top of stopcock: ≥ 50 mm‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي از ﺑﺎﻻي ﺷﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ ﻣﺴﺎوي ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ‪ 50‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪Length of tube of uniform bore below graduation line: ≥ 50 mm‬‬
‫ﻃﻮل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ داراي ﺳﻮراخ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ در زﻳﺮ ﺧﻂ زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﺴﺎوي ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ‪ 50‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪Distance of end of jet from underside stopcock: ≥ 50 mm‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ از زﻳﺮ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ ﻣﺴﺎوي ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ‪ 50‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪Based on table 2: ISO 385‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول ‪ISO 385 :2‬‬
‫‪27‬‬
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ ﺳﺮ ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎ‬6-1-3-5
5.3.1.6 Top of burette
،‫ اﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺳﺮ ﻫﺮ ﺑﻮرت‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻳﻚ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺘﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻋﻤﻮد ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮر‬
.‫ﺑﻮرت ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺻﺎف و ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬0/05 ‫ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
ً‫ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎ‬،‫ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺳﺮ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻨﺠﺎن اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪاي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺰرگﺗﺮ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫و ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﺧﺎص ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮ ﻗﻴﻔﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻮل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮراخ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺻﻔﺮ و ﺳﺮ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬20 ‫ﻓﻨﺠﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻮرت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
The top of each burette, if not provided with a
filling device, shall be smoothly finished with a
strengthening flange or bead, and shall be at right
angles to the axis of the burettes. Burettes with
sub-divisions of 0.05 ml or less, if not fitted with a
filling stopcock, should preferably be finished with
a cylindrical cup at the top. Larger diameter
burettes may be fitted with a funnel top for special
purposes.
The length of tube of uniform bore between the
zero graduation line and the cup shall be at least 20
mm.
5.3.1.7 Stopcocks and similar devices
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ و وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬7-1-3-5
Shall comply with 5.1.10.
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬10-1-5 ‫اﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
5.3.1.8 Delivery jet
‫ ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻮرت‬8-1-3-5
Shall comply with 5.1.8.
.‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬8-1-5 ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
5.3.1.9 Stopcock leakage
‫ آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ‬9-1-3-5
5.3.1.9.1 A stopcock of conventional design made
‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ داراي ﻃﺮح ﻗﺮاردادي ﻳﺎ‬1-9-1-3-5
entirely of glass or intended for use with grease
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﻳﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﭼﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﻮرد آزﻣﻮن ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺑﻮرت را ﺑﻪ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻗﺮار داده و ﺗﻨﻪ و دﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ را‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻋﺎري از ﭼﺮﺑﻲ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ آب ﺗﺮ ﻛﺮد و ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻮرت را ﺗﺎ‬
‫ در ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ‬.‫ﺧﻂ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺑﺎ آب ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮد‬
‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ در ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ از دو ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺮار‬20 ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت‬
AS ‫ ﻳﺎ رده‬A ‫ ﻧﺸﺖ آب ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ دﻗﺖ رده‬،‫دارد‬
‫از ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي و در ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎي‬
‫ از ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ دو ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻧﺮده‬B ‫ﺑﺎ دﻗﺖ رده‬
.‫زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ‬
shall be tested for leakage with the burette clamped
in a vertical position, the stopcock free from
grease, the barrel and key wetted with water, and
the burette filled initially to the zero line with
water. The rate of leakage, with the key in either of
the fully shut-off positions, shall not exceed one
scale sub-division in the case of Class A or Class
AS burettes or two scale sub-divisions in the case
of Class B burettes, in 20 min.
5.3.1.9.2 Other all-glass stopcocks shall be
subjected to similar tests with their component
parts free from grease and wetted with water.
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬2-9-1-3-5
‫در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺰاء آﻧﻬﺎ از ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﭼﺮﺑﻲ ﻋﺎري و ﺑﺎ آب ﺗﺮ‬
.‫ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ روش ﺑﺎﻻ آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
28
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
5.3.1.9.3 In addition to be tested in accordance
with the method given in 5.3.1.9.1, a double-bore
stopcock shall not show a rate of leakage greater
than that given in 5.3.1.9.1 above when tested
similarly, with the burette empty, the key of the
stopcock in the normal delivery position and the
filling tube connected to a suitable graduated tube
filled with water to a level of 250 mm above the
zero line of the burette.
‫ در ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي دو راﻫﻪ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ آزﻣﻮﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬3-9-1-3-5
5.3.1.9.4 If the stopcock is of such material that it
is intended for use without grease, it shall be tested
in accordance with the method given in 5.3.1.9.1.
The rate of leakage shall not exceed one half of
one scale sub-division in the case of Class A or
Class AS burettes, or one scale subdivision in the
case of Class B burettes, in 50 min.
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ از ﻣﻮادي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي‬4-9-1-3-5
‫ در آزﻣﻮﻧﻲ‬،‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد‬،1-9-1-3-5 ‫روش ﻣﺬﻛﻮر در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ روش ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ در ﻣﻮرد آﻧﻬﺎ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد و در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻮرت ﺧﺎﻟﻲ اﺳﺖ و دﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﺎدي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫اﺳﺖ و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺪرج ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ آب ﺗﺎ‬
،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻻي ﺧﻂ ﺻﻔﺮ ﺑﻮرت وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬250 ‫ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰان ﻧﺸﺘﻲ آب در اﻳﻦ ﺷﻴﺮﻫـــﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻘﺪاري ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ‬1-9-1-3-5
‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺑﺪون ﭼﺮﺑﻲ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ روش‬
‫ ﻣﻴﺰان‬.‫ آزﻣﻮن آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮد‬1-9-1-3-5 ‫ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻮرد ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎي‬50 ‫ﻧﺸﺘﻲ آب در ﺷﻴﺮ در ﻣﺪت‬
‫ از ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﻒ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬AS ‫ ﻳﺎ رده‬A ‫ﺑﺎ دﻗﺖ رده‬
‫ از‬B ‫ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي و در ﻣﻮرد ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ دﻗﺖ رده‬
.‫ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر‬،‫ در ﻛﻠﻴﻪ آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬5-9-1-3-5
5.3.1.9.5 For all leakage tests, in order to ensure a
sufficiently accurate determination, precautions
shall be taken against large temperature changes
(and evaporation) during the period of test.
‫ اﺣﺘﻴﺎطﻫﺎي ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات‬،‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ دﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬
.‫دﻣﺎي زﻳﺎد )و ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ( در ﻣﺪت اﻧﺠﺎم آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ آﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن اﻧﺘﻈﺎر‬10-1-3-5
5.3.1.10 Waiting time
Waiting time (see 3.4) for Class AS burette shall
be as specified in Appendix B. This period of
waiting is critical to the accuracy of the reading
and shall be observed.
‫( ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻮرت رده‬4-3 ‫ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن اﻧﺘﻈﺎر )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬B ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آن ﻣﻘﺪاري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬AS
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن اﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﺑﺮاي دﻗﺖ در ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ‬.‫اﺳﺖ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮔﺮدد‬
Note: A Waiting time usually need not be
observed when performing a titration, since
establishing the end-point of the titration will in
general take more time than the specified waiting
time(see ISO 4787:1984,10.40).
ً‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻴﺎر ﮔﻴـﺮي اﻧﺠـﺎم ﻣـﻲﮔﻴـﺮد ﻣﻌﻤـﻮﻻ‬:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ زﻳﺮا ﺛﺒﺖ ﻛـﺮدن‬،‫ﻧﻴﺎزي ﺑﻪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن اﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﻋﻴﺎر ﮔﻴﺮي در ﻛﻞ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ﻣـﺪت زﻣـﺎن اﻧﺘﻈـﺎر‬
‫ )ﻧﮕـﺎه ﻛﻨﻴــــﺪ‬.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷـــﺪه ﺑــﻪ ﻃـــﻮل ﻣـــﻲاﻧﺠﺎﻣـــﺪ‬
( ISO 4787:1984,10.40‫ﺑــــﻪ‬
29
‫دي ‪Dec. 2008/ 1387‬‬
‫)‪IPS-M-GN-170(2‬‬
‫‪ 11-1-3-5‬ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫‪5.3.1.11 Graduation lines‬‬
‫ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه در ‪ 11-1-5‬ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺧﻄﻮط‬
‫زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ‪ 0/3‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ و ﻃﻮل اﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ ﻃــﺮح زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻤﺎره ‪ I‬ﺑــﻪ ﮔﻮﻧــﻪاي ﻛـــﻪ در‬‫‪ 2-2-12-1-5‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ در ﻣﻮرد ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ‬
‫دﻗﺖ رده ‪ A‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد؛‬
‫ ﻃﺮح زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻤﺎره ‪ II‬ﺑـــﻪ ﮔﻮﻧـــﻪاي ﻛــﻪ در‬‫‪ 3-2-12-1-5‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ در ﻣﻮرد ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ‬
‫دﻗﺖ رده ‪ AS‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد؛‬
‫ ﻃــﺮح زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻤـﺎره ‪ III‬ﺑــــﻪ ﮔﻮﻧــﻪاي ﻛــــﻪ در‬‫‪ 4-2-12-1-5‬ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ در ﻣﻮرد ﺑﻮرتﻫـﺎي ﺑـﺎ‬
‫دﻗﺖ رده ‪ B‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد؛‬
‫ﻃﺮح زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻤﺎره ‪ II‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ در ﻣﻮرد ﺑﻮرتﻫـﺎي‬
‫ﺑﺎ دﻗﺖ رده ‪ B‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪In addition to requirements given in 5.1.11 the‬‬
‫‪thickness of lines shall not exceed 0.3 mm., length‬‬
‫‪of graduation lines shall be as below:‬‬
‫‪- graduation pattern I as specified in 5.1.12.2.2‬‬
‫;‪applies to Class A burettes‬‬
‫‪- graduation pattern II as specified in 5.1.12.2.3‬‬
‫;‪applies to Class AS burettes‬‬
‫‪- graduation pattern III as specified in‬‬
‫;‪5.1.12.2.4 applies to Class B burettes‬‬
‫‪Graduation pattern II may also be used for‬‬
‫‪Class B burettes.‬‬
‫‪ 12-1-3-5‬ﺗــﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻣﻄــﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨـــﺪ‬
‫‪5.3.1.12 Sequence of graduation lines shall comply‬‬
‫‪with 5.1.13.‬‬
‫‪ 13-1-5‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 13-1-3-5‬ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫‪5.3.1.13 Figuring of graduation lines‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺮ در ﺑﺎﻻ ﻗﺮار‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬در ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه در ﺟـﺪول ‪ 4‬ﺷـﻤﺎرهﮔـﺬاري‬
‫ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪All burettes shall be figured downwards from zero‬‬
‫‪at the top, at the intervals shown in table 4.‬‬
‫‪TABLE 4 - FIGURING OF GRADUATION LINES‬‬
‫ﺟﺪول ‪ -4‬ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫‪0.1‬‬
‫‪0.05‬‬
‫‪0.02‬‬
‫‪0.01‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪0.5‬‬
‫‪0.2‬‬
‫‪0.1‬‬
‫‪Smallest Scale Division ml‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻧﺮده ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫‪Figured At Every ml‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري در ﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول ‪ISO 385 : 3‬‬
‫‪Based on table 3: ISO 385‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎرهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﻠﻨﺪي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺑـﻮط‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ و ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ راﺳﺖ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺧﻄﻮط ﻛﻮﺗﺎهﺗﺮ ﻣﺠـﺎور‬
‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬در ﻣﻮرد ﻃـﺮح زﻳﻨـﻪﺑﻨـﺪي ﺷـﻤﺎره ‪ ، 3‬ﺷـﻤﺎرهﻫـﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ راﺳـﺖ اﻧﺘﻬـﺎي ﺧﻄـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ آن‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ اﮔـﺮ آن ﺧـﻂ اداﻣـﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﻤﺎره را ﻧﺼﻒ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Figures (numbers) shall be placed immediately‬‬
‫‪above the long lines to which they refer and slightly‬‬
‫‪to the right of the end of the adjacent shorter lines.‬‬
‫‪In the case of graduation pattern III, the figures may‬‬
‫‪be placed slightly to the right of the end of the line‬‬
‫‪to which they refer, in such a way that an extension‬‬
‫‪of the line would bisect them.‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ وﺿــﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻄــﻮط زﻳﻨــﻪﺑﻨــﺪي ﺑــﺮاي ﻃﺮﺣﻬــﺎي‬14-1-3-5
5.3.1.14 Position of graduation lines for different
graduation patterns shall be as illustrated in Fig. 2
and Fig. 3 and as specified below:
‫ ﻧـﺸﺎن داده‬3 ‫ و ﺷـﻜﻞ‬2 ‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ در ﺷـﻜﻞ‬
:‫ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮري ﻛﻪ در زﻳﺮ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
،1 ‫ در ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎي زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺮح ﺷـﻤﺎره‬‫اﻧﺘﻬــﺎي آﻧﻬــﺎ )ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤــﺎً اﻧﺘﻬــﺎي دﺳــﺖ راﺳــﺖ( ﺧﻄــﻮط‬
‫زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ روي ﺧﻂ ﻣﺠـﺎزي ﻗـﺎﺋﻢ ﺑـﺮ ﻣﺮﻛـﺰ‬
ً‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺧﻮد اﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤـﺎ‬.‫ﺑﻮرت ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮرت از ﺟﻠﻮ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛـﺎرﺑﺮد ﻋـﺎدي دﻳـﺪه‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﭼﭗ اداﻣﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ در ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎي زﻳﻨـﻪﺑﻨـﺪي ﺷـﺪه ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ ﺑـﺎ ﻃـﺮحﻫـﺎي‬‫ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬، III ‫ ﻳﺎ‬II ‫زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻤﺎره‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎه و ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮرت از ﺟﻠﻮ در وﺿـﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮ ر وي ﺧﻂ ﻣﺠـﺎزي ﻗـﺎﺋﻢ ﺑـﺮ‬،‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻋﺎدي دﻳﺪه ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺑﻮرت ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
- On burettes graduated according to pattern I,
the ends (preferably the right-hand end) of the
short graduation lines shall lie on an imaginary
vertical line down the centre of the front of the
burette. The lines themselves should preferably
extend to the left when the burette is viewed
from the front in the position of normal use.
- On burettes graduated according to pattern II
or III, the mid-points of the short and medium
graduation lines shall lie on an imaginary
vertical line down the centre of the front of
burette. When the burette is viewed from the
front in the position of normal use.
‫ اﻋــﺪاد‬،‫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳــﺎن ﺑــﻮدن ﺧﻄــﻮط زﻳﻨـــﻪﺑﻨـــﺪي‬15-1-3-5
5.3.1.15 Visibility of graduation lines, figures
(numbers), and inscriptions shall conform with
5.1.15.
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬15-1-5 ‫)ﺷﻤــﺎرهﻫﺎ( و ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻫﻼﻟﻪ‬16-1-3-5
5.3.1.16 Setting of the meniscus
Setting of the meniscus shall be carried out as
below:
:‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻫﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ روش زﻳﺮ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
The meniscus shall be set so that the plane of the
center of the graduation line is horizontally
tangential to the lowest point of the meniscus. The
eye shall be raised towards the plane and shall
observe the front and back portions of the line
apparently
meeting
the
lowest
point
simultaneously.
‫ﻫﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮدد ﻛـﻪ ﺻـﻔﺤﻪ درﺑﺮﮔﻴﺮﻧـﺪه ﻣﺮﻛـﺰ‬
‫ﺧﻂ زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت اﻓﻘﻲ ﻣـﺎر )ﻣﻤـﺎس( ﺑـﺮ ﭘـﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗـﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ ﭼﺸﻢ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮد و ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬.‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻫﻼﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﺮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎي ﺟﻠﻮ و ﻋﻘـﺐ ﺧـﻂ زﻳﻨـﻪﺑﻨـﺪي ﺑـﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮرت آﺷﻜﺎر و ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻫﻼﻟﻪ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﭘﻴـﺪا‬
.‫ﻛﺮده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ‬17-1-3-5
5.3.1.17 Inscriptions
:‫ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ روي ﻫﺮ ﺑﻮرت ﻧﻘﺶ ﮔﺮدد‬
The following inscriptions shall be marked on
each burette:
a) the symbol "cm³" or the symbol "ml" or mL
to indicate the unit in terms of which the
burette is graduated;
‫" ﺑـﺮاي ﻧـﺸﺎن‬mL" ‫" ﻳـﺎ‬m1" ‫" ﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﺎد‬cm3" ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﻤﺎد‬
b) the inscription "20°C" to indicate the
reference temperature. Where, exceptionally,
the reference temperature is 27°C, this value
shall be substituted for 20°C;
‫ درﺟـﻪ ﺳـﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد" ﺑـﺮاي ﻧـﺸﺎن دادن‬20 " ‫ب( ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫دادن واﺣﺪي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮرت ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ آن زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ؛‬
27 ‫ دﻣـﺎي ﻣﺮﺟـﻊ‬،ً‫ اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎ‬،‫دﻣﺎي ﻣﺮﺟﻊ اﺳﺖ در ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
20 ‫ اﻳﻦ ﻋﺪد ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺟـﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻋـﺪد‬،‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس اﺳﺖ‬
‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﮔﺮدد؛‬
c) the letters "Ex" to indicate that the burette
has been adjusted to deliver its indicated
capacity;
‫" ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺎن دادن اﻳـﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻮرت ﺑـﺮاي‬Ex" ‫ج( ﺣﺮوف‬
d) the inscription "A" or inscription "B" to
indicate the class of accuracy for which the
‫" ﺑﺮاي ﻧـﺸﺎن دادن رده دﻗﺘـﻲ‬B" ‫" ﻳﺎ ﺣﺮف‬A" ‫د( ﺣﺮف‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ آن ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ؛‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮرت ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ؛‬
31
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
burette has been adjusted;
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ﻫ( ﻧﺸﺎن ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎم ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه؛‬
e) the maker’s and/or Vendor’s name or mark;
‫و( ﻫﺮ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺮﮔـﻪ دادهﻫـﺎ ﻻزم داﻧـﺴﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪه‬
f) any other inscriptions if required in data-sheet.
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬2-3-5
5.3.2 Delivery time
‫( ﺑـﻮرت ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺎ آب‬2-3 ‫ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺎز ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ و ﺳـﺮ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﺑـﺎ‬،‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ ﺗﻤﺎس ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺟﺪار ﻇﺮﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ آب در آن ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﺮدد‬
‫ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ روش ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ در‬
.(6 ‫ و ﺟﺪول‬5 ‫ﺣﺪود ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑـﺎ‬،‫در ﻣﻮرد ﺳﺮﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﺷﺪﻧﻲ‬
‫ ﻣـﺪت‬،‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷـﺪه ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬
.‫زﻣﺎن ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
The delivery time (see 3.2) of the burette shall be
determined with water, with the stopcock fully
open and the jet not in contact with the side of the
receiving vessel.
The delivery time determined in this way shall be
within the specified limits (see table 5 and table 6).
In the case of a detachable jet, the appropriate
delivery time shall apply when the correct jet is
fitted in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instruction.
32
‫دي ‪Dec. 2008/ 1387‬‬
‫)‪IPS-M-GN-170(2‬‬
‫‪TABLE 5 - DELIVERY TIMES FOR CLASS A AND CLASS B BURETTES‬‬
‫ﺟﺪول ‪ -5‬ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎي رده ‪ A‬و ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎي رده ‪B‬‬
‫‪Smallest‬‬
‫‪Scale Division‬‬
‫‪ml‬‬
‫‪Nominal‬‬
‫‪Capacity‬‬
‫‪ml‬‬
‫‪Delivery Times‬‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫‪s‬‬
‫‪min.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻧﺮده‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫‪Class B‬‬
‫رده ‪B‬‬
‫‪max. s‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫‪Class A‬‬
‫رده ‪A‬‬
‫‪s‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫‪min.‬‬
‫‪s‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫‪max.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪65‬‬
‫‪65‬‬
‫‪95‬‬
‫‪75‬‬
‫‪70‬‬
‫‪70‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪75‬‬
‫‪75‬‬
‫‪70‬‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪60‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪75‬‬
‫‪75‬‬
‫‪95‬‬
‫‪95‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪75‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول ‪ :A.1‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ ‪ISO 385 :‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪0.01‬‬
‫‪0.01‬‬
‫‪0.01‬‬
‫‪0.02‬‬
‫‪0.02‬‬
‫‪0.05‬‬
‫‪0.05‬‬
‫‪0.10‬‬
‫‪0.10‬‬
‫‪0.20‬‬
‫‪Based on table A.1: Appendix A ISO 385‬‬
‫‪TABLE 6- DELIVERY TIMES OF CLASS AS BURETTES‬‬
‫ﺟﺪول ‪ -6‬ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎنﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻮرتﻫﺎي رده ‪AS‬‬
‫‪Subdivision‬‬
‫‪ml‬‬
‫‪Nominal Capacity‬‬
‫‪ml‬‬
‫‪Delivery Time‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪0.01‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪0.01‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫‪0.02‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫‪0.02‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫‪0.05‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫‪0.05‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫‪0.10‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫‪0.10‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫‪max. s‬‬
‫‪s‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫‪min.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫‪Based on table B.1; Appendix B ISO 385‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول ‪ :B.1‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب از ‪ISO 385‬‬
‫‪33‬‬
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻲ ﭘﺖﻫﺎي ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ‬4-5
5.4 Requirements for Volumetric Pipettes
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-4-5
5.4.1 General requirements
Volumetric pipettes shall be made of borosilicate
glass and shall be calibrated to deliver the intended
capacity at 20°C and shall consist in general of a
suction tube and a delivery tube separated by a
bulb, and all three parts shall be permanently
attached together. Any cross-section of the pipette
taken in a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal
axis shall be circular. The shape shall permit
complete emptying and thorough cleaning.
Maximum outflow time for pipettes shall be 60
second.
‫ﺮُوﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎت ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬‫ﭘﻲ ﭘﺖﻫﺎي ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺑ‬
‫ درﺟـﻪ‬20 ‫ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈـﺮ در دﻣـﺎي‬
.‫ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس واﺳﻨﺠﻲ )ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه( ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ و ﻣﺨﺰﻧﻲ‬،‫ﭘﻲ ﭘﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻜﺶ‬
‫ ﻫـﺮ‬.‫ﺑﻴﻦ آن دو ﺑﻮده و ﻫﺮ ﺳﻪ ﻫﻤﻮاره ﺑـﻪ ﻫـﻢ ﻣﺘـﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ‬
،‫ﺑﺮش ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻋﻤﻮد ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻃﻮﻟﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴـﻪ ﻛـﺮدن ﻛﺎﻣـﻞ و ﺗﻤﻴـﺰ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪور ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺣـﺪاﻛﺜﺮ زﻣـﺎن ﺑـﻪ‬.‫ﻛﺮدن ﺳﺮاﺳﺮي آن را اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘـﺬﻳﺮ ﺳـﺎزد‬
.‫ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬60 ‫ﺧﺎرج رﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ از ﭘﻲ ﭘﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
The length of the suction tube shall be 150 to 190
mm and the minimum wall thickness of both
suction and delivery tubes shall be 0.90 mm.
Pipettes must comply with the essential dimensions
given in table 7.
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘــﺮ و ﺿــﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬190 ‫ ﺗــﺎ‬150 ‫ﻃــﻮل ﻟﻮﻟــﻪ ﻣﻜــﺶ ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘـﺮ‬0/90 ‫ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﺟﺪاره ﻫﺮ دو ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻜﺶ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬
7 ‫ ﭘﻲ ﭘﺖﻫﺎ ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺎ اﺑﻌـﺎد داده ﺷـﺪه در ﺟـﺪول‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
Delivery tips shall be made with a gradual taper of
1.5 to 3 cm. The end of the tip shall be
perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the tip.
The outside edge of the tip may be beveled slightly
and the end and the bevel shall be ground or firepolished.
1/5 ‫ ﺗـﺎ‬3 ‫ﻧﻮك ﻣﺠﺮاي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ در ﭘﻲ ﭘﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺗـﺪرﻳﺞ از‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺎرﻳـﻚ ﺷـﻮﻧﺪه )ﻣﺨﺮوﻃـﻲ( ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪه‬
‫ ﻟﺒﻪ‬.‫ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻧﻮكﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻮد ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻃﻮﻟﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻧﻮكﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻛﻤﻲ ﭘﺦ دار ﺷـﺪه و اﻧﺘﻬـﺎ و ﭘـﺦ آن‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت ﺟﺮﻳﺎن آرام ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬،‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ در دﻫﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻬـﺎرت در‬.‫را ﻣﺨﺘﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘـﺬﻳﺮش ﻧﻴـﺴﺖ‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬاري و ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﭘﻲ ﭘـﺖﻫـﺎ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺎ‬،‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘـﺖ داﺷـﺘﻪ‬1-5 ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Sudden constriction at the orifice would impair
smooth flow characteristics of the delivery stream
and is not acceptable. Workmanship, marking and
graduation lines of pipettes shall comply with
pertinent requirements of Sub-clause 5.1
34
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
TABLE 7 - REQUIREMENTS FOR VOLUMETRIC PIPETTES
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻲ ﭘﺖﻫﺎي ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ‬-7 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Nominal
Capacity
ml
Capacity
Tolerance
ml
‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫رواداري ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
Length Of
Delivery
Tube
mm
Inside
Diameter
At Capacity
Mark
mm
‫ﻃﻮل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ دروﻧﻲ در ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺰن و‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
0.5
Class
A‫رده‬
Class
B‫رده‬
min.
max.
‫ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ‬
±0.006
±0.012
100
min.
max.
‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬
140
1.3
Max.
Distance
Between
Bulb And
Graduation
Mark
mm
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
60
4
Minimum
Outflow Time
s1)
ColorCoding
Band
‫ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﺑﺪون‬
‫ﻧﻮار ﻛﺪ ﮔﺬاري رﻧﮕﻲ‬
‫رﻳﺰش ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ‬
(1
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
ClassA
‫رده‬
Class
B‫رده‬
5
3
Black(2)
1
±0.006
±0.012
100
140
2
4
60
8
3
Blue
2
±0.006
±0.012
120
150
2
4
60
8
3
Orange
3
±0.01
±0.02
130
170
2
4
60
8
5
Black
4
±0.01
±0.02
130
170
2
4
60
8
5
Red(2)
5
±0.01
±0.02
130
170
2
4
60
8
8
White
6
±0.01
±0.03
150
190
2
4
60
10
8
Orange(2)
7
±0.01
±0.03
150
190
2
4
60
10
8
Green(2)
8
±0.02
±0.04
150
190
2
4
60
10
8
Blue
9
±0.02
±0.04
150
190
2
4
60
10
8
Black
10
±0.02
±0.04
150
190
2
4
70
15
8
Red
15
±0.03
±0.06
180
220
3.5
5.5
70
25
10
Green
20
±0.03
±0.06
230
260
3.5
5.5
70
25
10
Yellow
25
±0.03
±0.06
230
260
3.5
5.5
70
25
15
Blue
30
±0.03
…
230
260
3.5
5.5
70
25
…
Black
40
±0.05
…
230
260
4
6
70
25
…
50
±0.05
±0.10
230
260
4
6
70
25
15
100
±0.08
±0.16
230
260
5
7
80
30
20
Based on table1: ASTM E 969-02
1) Maximum outflow time for A or B shall be 60 s
35
White
Red
Yellow
(2)‫ﺳﻴﺎه‬
‫آﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺎرﻧﺠﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎه‬
(2)‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬
(2)‫ﻧﺎرﻧﺠﻲ‬
(2)‫ﺳﺒﺰ‬
‫آﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎه‬
‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﺳﺒﺰ‬
‫زرد‬
‫آﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎه‬
‫ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫زرد‬
ASTM E 969-02:1 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول‬
.‫ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬60 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬B ‫ ﻳﺎ‬A ‫( ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن رﻳﺰش ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺮاي‬1
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻲ ﭘﺖﻫﺎي رﻳﺰ‬5-5
5.5 Requirements for Micropipettes
ASTM ‫ﭘﻲ ﭘﺖﻫـــﺎي رﻳــﺰ ﺑﺎﻳـــﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑـــﺎ اﺳﺘـــﺎﻧﺪارد‬
Micropipettes shall be supplied in accordance
with ASTM E 193-94 (Re-approved in 2005).
The types given in Figs. 1, 2 and 3 of the abovementioned standard are not preferred types but
shall be supplied if ordered.
‫ اﻧـﻮاع داده‬.‫( ﺗـﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدﻧـﺪ‬2005 ‫ )ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﺠﺪد در‬E 193-94
‫ اﺳــﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣــﺬﻛﻮر ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤــﻲ‬3 ‫ و‬2 ،1 ‫ﺷــﺪه در ﺷــﻜﻞﻫــﺎي‬
.‫ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ وﻟﻲ اﮔﺮ ﺳﻔﺎرش داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
ً‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻋﺪدي ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻲ ﭘﺖﻫﺎي رﻳﺰ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤـﺎ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻀﺮبﻫﺎي اﻋﺸﺎري ﻳﺎ ﺧـﺎرج‬10 ‫ و‬5 ،2.5 ،2 ،1 ‫از ﺳﺮيﻫﺎي‬
ASTM E 193-94 ‫ﻗـﺴﻤﺖﻫـﺎي اﻋـﺸــﺎري آﻧﻬـﺎ ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ ﺑـﺎ‬
‫ ﻫﻤـﻪ‬،‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬.‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت از ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ و رواداري ﻫﺎي داده ﺷﺪه در ﻫﻤـﻴﻦ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‬
The numerical values of capacity of
micropipettes should preferably be selected from
the series of 1, 2, 2.5, 5 and 10 or decimal
multiple or sub-decimal multiple, thereof and in
accordance to ASTM E 193-94. Except otherwise
specified, all characteristics as well as the
dimensions and tolerances, given in the same
standard shall be applicable.
5.6 Requirements for Graduated Measuring
Cylinders
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪﻫـﺎي اﻧـﺪازه ﮔﻴـﺮي زﻳﻨـﻪدار‬6-5
These cylinders shall be required only in one
class of accuracy, and as requested they may be
provided either with a pouring spout or with a
ground neck and a suitably fitting stopper. If
required cylinders shall be supplied with key used
to loosen top of cylinder.
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ در ﻳﻚ رده دﻗﺖ ﺳﻔﺎرش ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ و ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺎرش ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎوداﻧﻲ رﻳﺰش ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮدن ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرت‬.‫و ﻳﻚ در ﭘﻮش ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ آن ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻟﺰوم ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪرﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ آﭼﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺑـﺮاي ﺷـﻞ ﻛـﺮدن ﺳـﺮ‬
.‫ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪر ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
5.6.1 Series of capacities, divisions and tolerances
for cylinders shall be as given in table 8.
‫ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪيﻫﺎ و رواداري ﻫـﺎ ﺑـﺮاي‬،‫ ﺳﺮي ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ‬1-6-5
(‫)ﻣﺪرج‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬8 ‫اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ داده ﻫﺎي ﺟﺪول‬
36
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
TABLE 8 - SERIES OF CAPACITIES, DIVISIONS AND TOLERANCES
‫ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪيﻫﺎ و رواداري ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺳﺮي ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ‬- 8 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Nominal
Capacity
‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
Maximum
Permitted
Error 1)
Maximum Capacity
Corresponding
To Lowest
Graduation Line
(1 ‫ﺧﻄﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ‬
Smallest Scale
Division
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻧﺮده‬
‫زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
ml
ml
±ml
Ml
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬±
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
10
25
50
100
250
500
1000
2000
0.2
0.5
1
1
2
5
10
20
±0.2
±0.5
±1
±1
±2
±5
±10
±20
1
2.5
5
10
20
50
100
200
1) These errors represent the maximum
permissible error at any point and also
the maximum permissible difference
between the errors at any two points.
Based on table 1 :ISO 4788
‫ ﺧﻄﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﻴـﺸﻴﻨﻪ را در‬،‫( اﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎ‬1
‫ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ اﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺠﺎز‬
‫ﺑــﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﺎﻫــﺎ را در ﻫــﺮ دو ﻧﻘﻄــﻪ ﻧــﺸﺎن‬
.‫ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ‬
ISO 4788:1 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول‬
5.6.2 Material of graduated measuring cylinders
shall comply with 5.1.3.
‫ ﻣﻮاد اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي زﻳﻨﻪدار ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ ﺑـﺎ‬2-6-5
5.6.3 Robustness of graduated
cylinders shall conform with 5.1.4.3.
‫ ﺳﺘﺒﺮي اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي زﻳﻨﻪدار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ‬3-6-5
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬3-1- 5 ‫ﺑﻨﺪ‬
measuring
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬3-4-1-5 ‫ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
5.6.4 Stability of graduated measuring cylinders
shall comply with 5.1.7.
‫ ﭘﺎﻳﺪاري اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي زﻳﻨﻪدار ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ‬4-6-5
5.6.5 The base shall be of glass, or a suitable
plastics material, and may be either circular or of
other suitable form provided the cylinder satisfies
the requirements of 5.6.4.
‫ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺷﻴـﺸﻪ ﻳـﺎ ﻣـﻮاد ﭘﻼﺳـﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳـﺐ‬5-6-5
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬7-1-5 ‫ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻣﺪور ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷـﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳـﺐ دﻳﮕـﺮي ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬4-6-5 ‫ﻣﺸﺮوط ﺑﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﺒﻪ و ﻧﺎوداﻧﻲ رﻳﺰش در اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ‬6-6-5
5.6.6 Rim and spout
5.6.6.1 The rim of the cylinder shall be fire polished and shall lie in a plane at right angles to
the axis of the cylinder.
‫ ﻟﺒﻪ اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ داده ﺷﻮد و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬1-6-6-5
5.6.6.2 The spout of a spouted cylinder shall be so
formed as to enable the contents of the cylinder to
be poured out in a narrow stream without spilling
or running down the outside of the cylinder.
‫ در اﺳــﺘﻮاﻧﻪ ﻧــﺎوداﻧﻲدار ﻧــﺎوداﻧﻲ رﻳــﺰش ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ ﺑــﻪ‬2-6-6-5
.‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻋﻤﻮد ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮر اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮان ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳـﺎت اﺳـﺘﻮاﻧﻪ را ﺑـﺪون‬
‫ﺗﺮاوش ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮه ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎرج آن ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺟﺮﻳـﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎرﻳـﻚ از‬
.‫آن ﺑﻴﺮون رﻳﺨﺖ‬
37
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ در ﭘﻮشﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪﻫﺎي اﻧـﺪازهﮔﻴـﺮي زﻳﻨـﻪدار ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬7-6-5
5.6.7 Stoppers of graduated measuring cylinders
shall conform with 5.1.9.
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬9-1-5 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ‬8-6-5
5.6.8 Dimensions
‫اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑـﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣـﺎت اﺑﻌـﺎدي ﻧـﺸﺎن داده ﺷـﺪه در‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬9 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
The cylinders shall comply with the dimensional
requirements shown in Table 9.
TABLE 9 – DIMENSIONS
‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ‬-9 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Capacity
‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ‬
Internal Height To
Highest
Graduation Line
min.
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ دروﻧﻲ‬
Overall Height1)
max.
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬
(1)
‫ﺳﺮاﺳﺮي‬
Distance From
Highest Graduation
Line To Top Of
Cylinder Or Base Of
Neck
min.
‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ‬
‫زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻻي اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺮدن آن‬
ml
mm
mm
Mm
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
10
25
50
100
250
500
1000
2000
65
85
110
145
200
250
310
380
140
170
200
260
335
390
470
570
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
50
1) In the case of a stopper cylinder, the ‫ "ارﺗﻔــﺎع‬،‫( در ﻣــﻮرد اﺳــﺘﻮاﻧﻪﻫــﺎي در ﭘــﻮش دار‬1
"overall height" shall be considered to ‫ﺳﺮاﺳﺮي" ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﮔﺮدن اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
be height to the base of the neck.
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
Based on table 2 : ISO 4788
ISO 4788 :2 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول‬
38
‫)‪IPS-M-GN-170(2‬‬
‫دي ‪Dec. 2008/ 1387‬‬
‫‪ 9-6-5‬ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫‪5.6.9 Graduation lines‬‬
‫‪ 1-9-6-5‬ﺧﻄــﻮط زﻳﻨــﻪﺑﻨــﺪي ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ ﺗﻤﻴــﺰ‪ ،‬داﺋﻤــﻲ و داراي‬
‫‪5.6.9.1 Graduation lines shall be clean, permanent‬‬
‫;‪uniform lines of thickness not exceeding‬‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ از ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ زﻳﺮ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ؛‬
‫‪ 0/3‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي اﺳـﺘﻮاﻧﻪﻫـﺎي ﺑـﺎ ﮔﻨﺠـﺎﻳﺶ اﺳـﻤﻲ ‪ 5‬و ‪10‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻟﻴﺘﺮ؛‬
‫‪ 0/4‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪﻫـﺎي ﺑـﺎ ﮔﻨﺠـﺎﻳﺶ اﺳـﻤﻲ ‪،50 ،25‬‬
‫‪ 100‬و ‪ 250‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻟﻴﺘﺮ؛‬
‫‪ 0/5‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻤﻲ ‪1000 ،500‬‬
‫و ‪ 2000‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻟﻴﺘﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪0.3 mm for cylinders of nominal capacity‬‬
‫;‪5 and 10 ml‬‬
‫‪0.4 mm for cylinders of nominal capacity 25, 50,‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪and‬‬
‫;‪250 ml‬‬
‫‪0.5 mm for cylinders of nominal capacity 500,‬‬
‫‪1000 and‬‬
‫‪2000 ml.‬‬
‫‪ 2-9-6-5‬ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺻـﻔﺤﻪ ﻗـﺎﺋﻢ ﺑـﺮ ﻣﺤـﻮر‬
‫‪5.6.9.2 All graduation lines shall lie in planes at‬‬
‫‪right angles to the longitudinal axis of the‬‬
‫‪cylinder.‬‬
‫‪ 3-9-6-5‬ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان از ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﻪ اﺳـﺘﻮاﻧﻪ‬
‫‪5.6.9.3 Graduation lines may be omitted from the‬‬
‫‪bottom portion of the cylinder, but the‬‬
‫‪ungraduated capacity shall not exceed the‬‬
‫‪maximum value specified in table 8.‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻟﻲ اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺬف ﻛﺮد‪ ،‬وﻟﻲ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺪون زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻘﺪار‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه در ﺟﺪول ‪ 8‬ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 10-6-5‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫‪5.6.10 Spacing of graduation lines‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻤﻲ آﺷﻜﺎر در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑـﻴﻦ ﺧﻄـﻮط زﻳﻨـﻪﺑﻨـﺪي‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪There shall be no evident irregularity in the‬‬
‫‪spacing of the graduation lines.‬‬
‫‪ 11-6-5‬ﺧﻄــــﻮط زﻳﻨــﻪﺑﻨــﺪي ﺑـﺎﻳــــﺪ ﻣﻄــﺎﺑﻖ ﺑـــــﺎ ﺑﻨــﺪ‬
‫‪5.6.11 Graduation lines shall comply with‬‬
‫‪5.1.12.2.4.‬‬
‫‪ 4-2-12-1-5‬ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 12-6-5‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫‪5.6.12 Sequence of graduation lines‬‬
‫در اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي ‪ 5‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‪ 50 ،‬ﻣﻴﻠـﻲ ﻟﻴﺘـﺮ‪،‬‬
‫‪ 100‬ﻣﻴﻠــﻲ ﻟﻴﺘــﺮ و ‪ 1000‬ﻣﻴﻠــﻲ ﻟﻴﺘــﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴــﺐ ﺧﻄــﻮط‬
‫زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي"ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي از ﺑﺎﻻ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪه ﻣﻲﺷـﻮد"‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ 1-13-1-5‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫در اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ ﻫـﺎي ‪ 10‬ﻣﻴﻠـﻲ ﻟﻴﺘـﺮ‪ 250 ،‬ﻣﻴﻠـﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺘﺮ و ‪ 2000‬ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي"ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي از ﺑــﺎﻻ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد" ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨـــﺪ‬
‫‪ 2-13-1-5‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫در اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﺎي ‪ 25‬ﻣﻴﻠـﻲ ﻟﻴﺘـﺮ و ‪ 500‬ﻣﻴﻠـﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي"ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨـﻪﺑﻨـﺪي از‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪه ﻣﻲﺷﻮد" ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ 3-13-1-5‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪On cylinders of capacities 5 ml, 50 ml, 100 ml and‬‬
‫‪1000 ml the sequence of graduation lines "when‬‬
‫‪reading the scale from the top" shall conform with‬‬
‫‪5.1.13.1.‬‬
‫‪On cylinders of capacities 10 ml, 250 ml and 2000‬‬
‫‪ml the sequence of graduation lines "when reading‬‬
‫‪the scale from the top" shall comply with 5.1.13.2.‬‬
‫‪On cylinders of capacities 25 ml and 500 ml the‬‬
‫‪sequence of graduation lines "when reading the‬‬
‫‪scale from the top" shall be as specified in‬‬
‫‪5.1.13.3.‬‬
‫‪ 13-6-5‬وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫‪5.6.13 Position of graduation lines‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨـﺪي ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻳـﻚ ﻧـﺮده ﻋﻤـﻮدي ﺑـﺮ روي اﺳـﺘﻮاﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ دﻫﻨﺪ‪ .‬در ﻳﻚ اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ ﻧـﺎوداﻧﻲدار‪ ،‬وﻗﺘـﻲ ﻛـﻪ اﺳـﺘﻮاﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻮري ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺮده ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧـﺎوداﻧﻲ‬
‫رﻳﺰش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﭼﭗ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‪.‬‬
‫‪The graduation lines shall form a vertical scale on‬‬
‫‪the cylinder. On a spouted cylinder the spout shall‬‬
‫‪be to the left when the cylinder is positioned with‬‬
‫‪the scale facing the viewer.‬‬
‫‪39‬‬
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬14-6-5
5.6.14 Figuring of graduation lines
Graduation lines shall be figured in accordance
with the following principles.
.‫ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﺻﻮل زﻳﺮ ﺷﻤﺎرهﮔﺬاري ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
5.6.14.1 On a cylinder of 250 ml capacity,
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬250 ‫ در اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪاي ﺑﺎ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ‬1-14-6-5
alternate long lines shall be figured from 20 to
‫ ﺑـﺎ ﻳـﻚ ﻋـﺪد‬240 ‫ ﺗـﺎ‬20 ‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻳﻚ در ﻣﻴﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬
‫ ﻧﺎﮔﺰﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺘﺨـﺎب اﻳـﻦ روش‬،‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬250 ‫اﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ روش ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﻠﻨـﺪ ﻳـﻚ‬،‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري‬
‫ در‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬250 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬30 ‫در ﻣﻴﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬
،‫ ﻣﻴﻠـﻲ ﻟﻴﺘـﺮ‬2000 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠـﻲ ﻟﻴﺘـﺮ و‬10 ‫اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ‬
.‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ در ﻣﻴﺎن ﺷﻤﺎرهﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
240 with an additional Fig. 250; alternatively,
alternate long lines shall be figured from 30 to
250 ml. On cylinders of 10 ml and 2000 ml
capacity, alternate long lines shall be figured.
‫ در ﻛﻠﻴــﻪ اﺳــﺘﻮاﻧﻪﻫــﺎ ﺑﺎﺳــﺘﺜﻨﺎء اﺳــﺘﻮاﻧﻪﻫــﺎي ﺑــﺎ‬2-14-6-5
5.6.14.2 On all cylinders except those of 10 ml,
250 ml and 2000 ml capacity, every long line shall
be figured.
،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘـﺮ‬2000 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ و‬250 ،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬10 ‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ‬
.‫ﻫﺮ ﺧﻂ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﮔﺮدد‬
5.6.14.3 The scheme of figuring shall be such that
the figure representing the nominal capacity refers
to the highest graduation line.
‫ ﻃﺮح ﺷﻤﺎرهﮔﺬاري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋـﺪد‬3-14-6-5
5.6.14.4 Figures shall be placed immediately
above the long lines to which they refer and
slightly to the right of the adjacent shorter lines.
The figures shall alternatively be placed slightly
to the right of the end of the line to which they
refer in such a way that an extension of the line
would bisect them.
‫ اﻋﺪاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﻠﻨـﺪي ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ‬4-14-6-5
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ دﻫﻨـﺪه ﮔﻨﺠـﺎﻳﺶ اﺳـﻤﻲ اﺳـﺘﻮاﻧﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﺑﻠﻨـﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺧـﻂ‬
.‫زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﮔﺮدد‬
‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ و ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ راﺳﺖ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻛﻮﺗـﺎﻫﺘﺮ‬
‫ اﻋﺪاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻳﻚ در ﻣﻴﺎن ﻛﻤـﻲ ﺑـﻪ‬.‫ﻣﺠﺎور ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺮف راﺳﺖ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺧﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺑـﻮط ﻣـﻲ ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ ﻗـﺮار‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ اﮔﺮ ﺧﻂ ﻫـﺎ اداﻣـﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﻨـﺪ اﻋـﺪاد را ﻧـﺼﻒ‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ‬15-6-5
5.6.15 Inscriptions
‫ ﺑﺎ اﻋﻤﺎل اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻫﺎي زﻳـﺮ‬17-1-3-5 ‫ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
:‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫" ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻧـﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔـﺬاري‬In" ‫" ﻧﻤـﺎد‬Ex" ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي ﻧﻤـﺎد‬‫" ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺟـﺎ دادن‬In" ‫ ﻧﻤﺎد‬،‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ؛‬
Inscriptions shall be as specified in the 5.3.1.17
with the exceptions as following:
- instead of symbol "Ex" symbol "In" shall be
marked, symbol "In" indicates that the cylinder
has been adjusted to contain its indicated
capacity;
‫" ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺬف ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ؛‬f" ‫ " و‬d" ‫اﻗﻼم‬
- items "d" and "f" shall be omitted;
-
،‫ در اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ داراي درﭘـﻮش اﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻗﺎﺑـﻞ ﺗﻌـﻮﻳﺾ‬‫ﻋﺪد ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ روي اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ و درﭘـﻮش‬
‫ﻫﺮ دو ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﮔﺮدد؛‬
،‫ در اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪﻫﺎي داراي درﭘﻮشﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑـﻞ ﺗﻌـﻮﻳﺾ‬‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ و در ﭘﻮش ﻫﺮ دو ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ‬
.‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
- cylinder with a standard interchangeable
stopper, the size number of the joint shall be
marked on both the cylinder and the stopper;
- cylinders with non-interchangeable stoppers,
an identification number should be marked on
both the cylinder and the stopper.
‫ اﻋﺪاد و ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎن ﺑﻮدن ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬16-6-5
5.6.16 Visibility of graduation lines, figures and
inscriptions shall be as specified in 5.1.15.
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬15-1-5 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
40
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎ‬7-5
5.7 Requirements for Flasks
‫ ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪن ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت‬1-7-5
5.7.1 Boiling flasks
‫ اﻧﻮاع و ﺳﺮيﻫﺎي ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ‬1 -1-7-5
5.7.1.1 Types and series of capacities
‫ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮع ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪن ﻣﺎﻳﻌـﺎت ﺑـﺎ اﺗـﺼﺎﻻت‬
:‫ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
Three types of boiling flasks with conical ground
joints are specified;
a) conical flasks;
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ‬
b) flat-bottom flasks;
‫ب( ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎي ﺗﻪ ﺻﺎف‬
c) round-bottom flasks
‫ج( ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎي ﺗﻪ ﮔﺮد‬
Two series of capacities are specified for each
type of boiling flask with conical ground joints in
tables 10, 11, and 12. The series differ in height
and in selection of joint sizes.
‫ﺑــﺮاي ﻫــﺮ ﻧــﻮع ﻓﻼﺳــﻚ ﻣﺨــﺼﻮص ﺟﻮﺷــﺎﻧﺪن ﻣﺎﻳﻌــﺎت داراي‬
‫ دو ﺳــﺮي ﮔﻨﺠــﺎﻳﺶ در‬، ‫اﺗــﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﺨﺮوﻃــﻲ ﺳــﻨﺒﺎده ﺧــﻮرده‬
‫ اﻳـﻦ ﺳـﺮيﻫـﺎ از‬.‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳـﺖ‬12‫و‬11 ،10 ‫ﺟﺪولﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺮ ارﺗﻔﺎع و اﻧﺘﺨﺎب اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ اﺧﺘﻼف دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد‬2-1-7-5
5.7.1.2 Material
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-2-1-7-5
5.7.1.2.1 General
‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬3/3 ‫ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺑــﺮوﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎت‬
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از ﻧﻮاﻗﺺ آﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ISO 3585
‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد آن ﺗـﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﮕـﺬارد و ﻋـﺎري از ﺗـﻨﺶ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫دروﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ اﺧﺘﻼل در ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻓﻼﺳﻚ ﺷﻮد‬
Flasks shall be made from borosilicate glass 3.3 in
accordance with ISO 3585, and shall be free
from visible defects which might affect
performance and free from internal stress which
would impair the performance of the flask.
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ و اﺑﻌﺎد‬3-1-7-5
5.7.1.3 Shape and ِdimensions
‫ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫـﺎي ﻣﺨـﺼﻮص ﺟﻮﺷـﺎﻧﺪن ﻣﺎﻳﻌـﺎت ﻣﻤﻜـﻦ اﺳـﺖ در‬
‫ ﺷﻜﻞﻫـﺎي ﮔـﺮد را‬.‫ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮد ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﺎ ﺗﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻪ ﮔﺮد ﺳﻔﺎرش داد‬
Boiling flasks may be required in conical shape
and round shape. Round shapes may be ordered in
flat bottom or in round bottom.
‫ ﮔﺮدن‬1-3-1-7-5
5.7.1.3.1 Neck
‫ﮔﺮدن ﻓﻼﺳﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺎﺳﺎً در ﺑﺮش ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻣـﺪور ﺑـﻮده و دﻫﺎﻧـﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺮدن ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ اي از ﺑﺎﻻي ﮔـﺮدن ﻧﺎﻗﻮﺳـﻲ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻻي ﮔﺮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳـﺒﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻳـﺖ ﺷـﻮد‬.‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﮔـﺮدن‬1/25 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1 ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻃﻮل ﮔﺮدن‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The neck of the flask shall be substantially
circular in cross-section and the mouth of the neck
shall not be belled to any considerable distance
from the top. The top of the neck shall be suitably
strengthened. The length of the neck should be 1
to 1.25 times the external diameter of the neck.
‫ اﺑﻌﺎد ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬2-3-1-7-5
5.7.1.3.2 Dimensions of base
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺷﻌﺎع در ﻣﺤﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﻳـﻪ و ﺑﺨـﺶ ﻗﻴﻔـﻲ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و‬20 ‫ و‬15 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻓﻼﺳﻚ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
50 ً‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎي ﮔﺮد ﺗـﻪ ﺻـﺎف ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒـﺎ‬
.‫درﺻﺪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The radius at the junction between the base and
the side of conical shape flasks should be between
15 and 20% of the maximum external diameter,
and diameter of the base of a round shape-flat
bottom flasks should be approximately 50% of the
maximum external diameter.
‫ ﭘﺎﻳﺪاري‬3-3-1-7-5
5.7.1.3.3 Stability
‫ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﺗﻪ ﮔﺮد ﻳﺎ ﺗﻪ ﺻﺎف ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺮ روي‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﺮازي ﻗﺮار داده ﻣﻲ ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺪون ﻟـﻖ ﺧـﻮردن ﻳـﺎ‬
.‫ﭼﺮﺧﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
The flat bottom round or conical flasks shall stand
vertically without rocking or spinning when
placed on a level surface.
41
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
5.7.1.3.4 Dimensions of body, height and wall
thickness of flasks and joint sizes
‫ ارﺗﻔـﺎع و ﺿـﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟـﺪاره‬،‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬4-3-1-7-5
The external diameter of body of round-bottom
flasks and flat-bottom flasks the external diameter
of body at the widest point of conical flasks and
the minimum wall thickness shall comply with the
dimensions specified in ISO 1773.
،‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎي ﺗﻪ ﮔﺮد و ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎي ﺗـﻪ ﺻـﺎف‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ در ﻋﺮﻳﺾ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ و‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﺟﺪاره ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ISO 1773
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع اﺳﻤﻲ ﺳﺮاﺳﺮي ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺟﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪن ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت‬
‫ﺑــﺎ اﺗــﺼﺎل ﻫــﺎي ﻣﺨﺮوﻃــﻲ ﺳــﻨﺒﺎده ﺧــﻮرده ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ ﻣﻄــﺎﺑﻖ ﺑــﺎ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬12 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬10 ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺟﺪاول‬
‫اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل ﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮ ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ ﺑـﺎ‬
‫ اﺗـﺼﺎلﻫـــﺎ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬12 ‫ ﺗـﺎ‬10 ‫ارﻗﺎم داده ﺷﺪه در ﺟﺪاول‬
‫ در‬k6 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑـــﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ذﻛﺮ ﺷـﺪه ﺑـﺮاي ﺳـــﺮيﻫـــﺎي‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ISO 383
‫ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎ و اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎلﻫﺎ‬
The nominal overall height of the boiling flasks
with conical ground joints shall be as specified in
tables 10 to 12
The sizes of conical joints fitted to the flasks shall
be as given in tables 10 to 12 .The joints shall
comply with requirements of ISO 383,k6 series.
TABLE 10-OVERALL HEIGHT AND JOINT SIZES FOR CONICAL FLASKS
‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﺮاﺳﺮي و اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ‬-10 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Nominal Volume
ml
‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
Overall Height
mm
Series 1
Series 2
1 ‫ﺳﺮي‬
2 ‫ﺳﺮي‬
Joint Sizes
‫اﻧﺪازه ﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﺮاﺳﺮي‬
Nominal Overall
Height mm
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﺮاﺳﺮي اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
10
60 + 3
14/23
--
25
70 + 3
70
50
85+ 6
14/23
19/26
100
100+6
250
140+6
500
175+6
1000
220+7
2000
270+7
3000
5000
---
Joint Sizes
‫اﻧﺪازه ﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل‬
14/23
19/26
24/29
29/32
19/26
24/29
29/32
24/29
29/32
34/35
--
Based on table 1 : ISO 4797
85
105
135
170
210
275
310
365
-14/23
19/26
14/23
19/26
24/29
29/32
19/26
24/29
29/32
34/35
24/29
29/32
34/35
34/35
45/40
ISO 4797 :1 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول‬
42
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
TABLE 11-OVERALL HEIGHT AND JOINT SIZES FOR FLAT-BOTTOM FLASKS
‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﺮاﺳﺮي و اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎي ﺗﻪ ﺻﺎف‬-11 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Nominal Volume
ml
‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
Overall Height
mm
Series 1
Series 2
1 ‫ﺳﺮي‬
2 ‫ﺳﺮي‬
Joint Sizes
‫اﻧﺪازه ﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﺮاﺳﺮي‬
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﺮاﺳﺮي اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
50
58+3
100
103+6
250
130+6
500
1000
2000
4000
160+6
187+6
230+6
--
Nominal Overall
Height mm
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
85
19/26
29/32
100
125
29/32
--
Based on table 2: ISO 4797
145
175
210
255
Overall Height
mm
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﺮاﺳﺮي‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
19/26
24/29
19/26
24/29
29/32
34/35
24/29
29/32
34/35
45/40
ISO 4797 :2 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول‬
43
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
TABLE 12- OVERALL HEIGHT AND JOINT SIZES FOR ROUND-BOTTOM FLASKS
‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﺮاﺳﺮي و اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎي ﺗﻪ ﮔﺮد‬-12 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Nominal Volume
ml
‫ﺣﺠﻢ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
Overall Height
mm
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﺮاﺳﺮي‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
10
25
70+3
85+3
Series 1
Series 2
1 ‫ﺳﺮي‬
2 ‫ﺳﺮي‬
Joint Sizes ‫اﻧﺪازه‬
‫ﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل‬
Nominal Overall
Height mm
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﺮاﺳﺮي اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
14/23
--
50
90 +6
100
105+6
250
140+6
500
1000
163+6
200+7
2000
240+7
4000
290+7
29/32
45/40
270
5000
--
--
275
6000
320+7
45/40
325
10000
380+7
45/40
350
14/23
19/26
24/29
29/32
90
110
19/26
24/29
29/32
24/29
29/32
Based on table 3: ISO 4797
135
155
185
220
Joint Sizes
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﺮاﺳﺮي‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
-14/23
19/26
29/32
24/29
34/35
19/26
24/29
29/32
34/35
19/26
24/29
29/32
34/35
19/26
24/29
29/32
34/35
45/40
34/35
45/40
29/32
34/35
45/40
45/40
34/35
45.40
ISO 4797 :3 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول‬
44
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎي ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ‬2-7-5
5.7.2 Volumetric flasks
‫ ﺳﺮيﻫﺎي ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ‬1-2-7-5
5.7.2.1 Series of capacities
‫ﺳﺮيﻫﺎي ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎي ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴـﺐ زﻳـﺮ‬
:‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ و‬2000 ،1000 ،500 ،250 ،200 ،100 ،50 ،20 ،2 ،1
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬5000
‫ﻫﻤﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮدن ﺳﺎده ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤـﺮاه ﺑـﺎ در‬
.‫ﭘﻮش ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
The series of capacities of volumetric flasks are as
follows:
1, 2, 20, 50, 100, 200, 250, 500, 1000, 2000 and
5000 ml.
All these flasks may be finished with a plain neck
or be provided with a stopper.
‫ دﻗﺖ‬2-2-7-5
5.7.2.2 Accuracy
‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ واﻗﻌـﻲ ﻓﻼﺳـﻚﻫـﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ از ﺧﻄﺎﻫـﺎي ﻣﺠـﺎز‬
‫ از ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ اﺳـﻤﻲ آﻧﻬـﺎ‬13 ‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺟﺪول‬
.‫ﺗﻔﺎوت داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The capacity of the flask shall not differ from the
nominal capacity by more than the maximum
permitted errors shown in Table 13.
45
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
TABLE 13 – DIMENSIONS AND MAXIMUM PERMITTED ERRORS FOR NARROW-NECKED
FLASKS
‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ و ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎي ﮔﺮدن ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ‬-13 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Essential Dimensions
Tolerances
Recommended Dimensions
‫ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ اﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫رواداري ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺷﺪه‬
Nominal
Capacity
ml
‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
Internal
Neck
Diameter
d1
mm
Distance Of
Graduation
Line 1)
h2
mm
min.
‫ﻗﻄﺮ دروﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﻂ‬
d1 ‫ﮔﺮدن‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
Maximum Permitted
Errors
‫ﺧﻄﺎﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺠﺎز‬
Overall
Height2)
h1
±5mm
Bulb
Diameter
d2
mm
Base
Diamet
er
d3
mm
min.
Wall
Thickness
S
mm
min.
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ ﺟﺪاره‬S
Class B
ml
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع‬
(َapprox.)
h2 (1‫زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬
Class A
ml
h1 ‫ﺳﺮاﺳﺮي‬
d2 ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﺨﺰن‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
A ‫رده‬
B ‫رده‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬5±
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
d3
‫ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
(‫)ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
Ground Joint3)
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﻨﺒﺎده‬
(3
‫ﺧﻮرده‬
K4
K6
1
7±1
5
±0.025
±0.050
65
13
13
0.7
7.11
7.16
2
7±1
5
±0.025
±0.050
70
17
15
0.7
7.11
7.16
5
7±1
5
±0.025
±0.050
70
22
15
0.7
7.11
7.16
10
7±1
5
±0.025
±0.050
90
27
18
0.7
7.11
7.16
20
9±1
5
±0.040
±0.080
110
39
18
0.7
10.13
10.19
25
9±1
5
±0.040
±0.080
110
40
25
0.7
10.13
10.19
50
11±1
10
±0.060
±0.120
140
50
35
0.7
12.14
12.21
100
13±1
10
±0.100
±0.200
170
60
40
0.7
12.144)
12.214)
200
15.5±1.5
10
±0.150
±0.300
210
75
50
0.8
14.15
14.23
250
15.5±1.5
10
±0.150
±0.300
220
80
55
0.8
14.15
14.23
500
19±2
15
±0.250
±0.500
260
100
70
0.8
19.17
19.26
1000
23±2
15
±0.400
±0.800
300
125
85
1.0
24.20
24.29
2000
27.5±2.5
15
±0.600
±1.200
370
160
110
1.2
29.22
29.32
5000
38±3
15
±1.200
±2.400
475
215
165
1.2
34.23
34.35
1) Minimum distance of graduation line from any point of
change of diameter.
.‫( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﺧﻂ زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي از ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ‬1
2) Overall height without stopper in accordance with
figure 1 of ISO 1042.
ISO ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧـــﺪارد‬1 ‫( ارﺗﻔــﺎع ﺳﺮاﺳﺮي ﺑﺪون در ﭘﻮش ﻃﺒــﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ‬2
3) In accordance with ISO 383.
4) Alternative ground joint size 14/15 and 14/23.
Based on table 1: ISO 1042
.1042
.ISO 383 ‫( ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬3
.14/23 ‫ و‬14/15 ‫( اﻧﺪازه اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬4
ISO 1042 :1 ‫ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول‬
46
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ ﻣﻮاد‬3-2-7-5
5.7.2.3 Material
‫ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎي ﺳﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ اﺳﺘـﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ و از ﺿﺮﻳﺐ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﮔﺮﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﻛـﻪ از‬HGB3 ‫ از‬ISO 719
.‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬3/3×10 -6 °C-1
‫ﻣﺎده ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ در ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫـﺎي ﺳـﻨﺠﺶ ﺣﺠـﻢ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬
،‫ در ﭘﻮش‬،‫ ﮔﺮدن‬،‫ ﺷﻜﻞ‬،‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪاره‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬3-1-5 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ISO 1042 ‫ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ و ﺧﻂ زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
Volumetric flasks shall be made from glass not
lower than HGB3 in accordance with ISO 719
with a coefficient of thermal expansion not
exceeding 3.3 × 10-6 °C-1.
Material of volumetric flasks shall comply with
5.1.3. The wall thickness, shape, neck, stopper,
dimensions and graduation line shall comply with
ISO 1042.
‫ ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎي ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ‬3-7-5
5.7.3 Distillation flasks
‫ ﻣﻴﻠـﻲﻟﻴﺘـﺮ‬1000 ‫ و‬500 ‫ ﺳﺮيﻫﺎي ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬1-3-7-5
5.7.3.1 Series of capacities shall be 500 and 1000
ml.
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد‬2-3-7-5
5.7.3.2 Material
‫ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎي ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑـﺮ ﮔﺮﻣـﺎ ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
Distillation flasks shall be made of heat-resistantglass
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ و ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ‬3-3-7-5
5.7.3.3 Shape and dimensions
‫اﻳﻦ ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷـﻜﻞ ﮔـﺮد و ﺑـﺎ ﮔﻨﺠـﺎﻳﺶﻫـﺎي‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻟﻴﺘﺮ و ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻨﺠـﺎﻳﺶ‬1000 ‫ و‬500
‫ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬500
.‫( ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬2005 ‫ )ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷـﺪه ﻣﺠـﺪد در‬ASTM E 123-02 ‫ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﻳــﺎ ﻧــﻮع‬Liebig ‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨــﺪهﻫــﺎ "در ﺻــﻮرت ﻧﻴــﺎز" ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ از ﻧــﻮع‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬400 ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻃﻮل ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ آن از‬West ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ و داراي ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻓـﻮق اﻟـﺬﻛﺮ داده‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠـﻲﻟﻴﺘـﺮ‬25 ‫ ﻳﺎ‬10 ،5 ‫ ﭼﻜﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ‬.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ذﻛـﺮ ﺷـﺪه اﺳـﺖ‬ASTM E 123 ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻞ در‬
.‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Flasks may be required in round shape with 500
and 1000 ml capacities and in conical shape with
500 ml only. The details of dimensions shall
comply with ASTM E 123-02 (re-approved in
2005). Condensers "if required" shall be a Liebig
or West straight type with a jacket not less than
400 mm long with details given in the abovementioned standard. Traps may be required with
5, 10 or 25 ml capacities as mentioned in detail in
ASTM E 123.
‫ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ‬4-7-5
5.7.4 Inscriptions
‫ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﻃـﻮر ﻣﺎﻧـﺪﮔﺎر و ﺧﻮاﻧـﺎ ﺑـﺮ روي ﻫﻤـﻪ‬
.‫ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
The following inscriptions shall be permanently
and legibly marked on all flasks:
a) the nominal capacity of the flask, for
example "100 ml" (or 100);
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ" )ﻳـﺎ‬100" ‫اﻟﻒ( ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻤﻲ ﻓﻼﺳﻚ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫(؛‬100
47
‫)‪IPS-M-GN-170(2‬‬
‫دي ‪Dec. 2008/ 1387‬‬
‫ب( ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎم ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
‫;‪b) the maker’s or Vendor’s name or mark‬‬
‫ج( اﻧـــﺪازه اﺗـــﺼﺎل ﺳـــﻨﺒﺎده ﺧـــﻮرده ﻣﺨﺮوﻃـــﻲ ﺑـــﺮاي‬
‫‪c) the size of the conical ground joint for round‬‬
‫‪flasks.‬‬
‫ﻓﻼﺳﻚﻫﺎي ﮔﺮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻫــﺮ ﻓﻼﺳــﻚ ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ داراي ﻧﺎﺣﻴــﻪاي ﺑــﺎ ﺳــﻄﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳــﺐ ﺑــﺮاي‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬاري ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Each flask shall also bear an area with a surface‬‬
‫‪suitable for marking with pencil.‬‬
‫‪ 8-5‬اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺗﺼﺎلﻫﺎ‬
‫‪5.8 Requirements for Joints‬‬
‫‪ 1-8-5‬اﺗﺼﺎلﻫﺎي ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫‪5.8.1 Interchangeable conical ground joints‬‬
‫‪ 1-1-8-5‬ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫‪5.8.1.1 taper‬‬
‫ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﮔﻲ اﺗﺼﺎلﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ رواداري ‪ ±0/006‬در اﻓـﺰاﻳﺶ ﻗﻄـﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ در ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑـﺮاي ده اﻓـﺰاﻳﺶ‬
‫در ﻃــﻮل ﻣﺤــﻮري آن ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑــﺮاي ﻧﻤﻮﻧــﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎرﻳــﻚ ﺷــﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫‪The taper of the joints shall be such as to give one‬‬
‫‪increment on diameter for ten increments on axial‬‬
‫‪length, with a tolerance of ±0.006 on the diameter‬‬
‫‪increment, i.e. a taper of (1.00 ±0.006)/10.‬‬
‫‪0(1/00±/006)/10‬‬
‫‪ 2-1-8-5‬ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺑﺰرگ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
‫‪5.8.1.2 Large end diameters‬‬
‫ﺳﺮيﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺰرگ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 24 ،18/8 ،14/5‬و ‪ 29/2‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪The following series of large end diameters may‬‬
‫‪be required:‬‬
‫‪14.5, 18.8, 24, 29.2 mm.‬‬
‫‪ 3-1-8-5‬ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ و رواداري ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪5.8.1.3 Dimensions and tolerances‬‬
‫ﻃﻮل ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧـﻮرده در اﺗـﺼﺎلﻫـﺎ در ﺟـﺪول ‪ 14‬داده‬
‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ .‬اﮔﺮ ﻃﻮل ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮيﻫـﺎي‬
‫‪ K6‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫‪Length of ground zone is given in table 14. If the‬‬
‫‪required length is not specified, K6 series shall be‬‬
‫‪supplied‬‬
‫‪48‬‬
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
TABLE 14 - LENGTH OF GROUND ZONE
‫ ﻃﻮل ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده‬-14 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Large
End
Diameter
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺰرگ‬
Length Of Ground Zone 1)
(1
‫ﻃﻮل ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده‬
K2 Series
K2 ‫ﺳﺮي ﻫﺎي‬
K4 Series
K4 ‫ﺳﺮي ﻫﺎي‬
K6 Series
K6 ‫ﺳﺮي ﻫﺎي‬
K8 Series
K8‫ﺳﺮي ﻫﺎي‬
9
10
11
15
17
20
22
23
26
29
32
30
35
39
43
14.5
18.8
24
29.2
1) The length of the ground zone  , ‫ ﺑﺮﺣــﺴﺐ‬ ‫( ﻃــﻮل ﻧﺎﺣﻴــﻪ ﺳــﻨﺒﺎده ﺧــﻮرده‬1
see Fig. 4 in millimeters, is calculated
‫ ﺑـﺎ اﺳـﺘﻔﺎده از‬،4 ‫ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺷـﻜﻞ‬،‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
using the formula:
:‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮل زﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
k d
k d
: ‫ﻛﻪ در آن‬
Where:
.(‫ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬k=6) ‫ ﻳﻚ ﻋﺪد ﺛﺎﺑﺖ اﺳﺖ‬k
k is a constant; (k = 6 is preferred)
d is the large end diameter, in
.‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺰرگ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬d
millimeters.
Taper =

10
(Increase of diameter/length)

‫= ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﺷﺪﮔﻲ‬

10
(‫اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻗﻄﺮ‬/‫)ﻃﻮل‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮل‬
Fig. 4
4 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
Other dimensions according to Fig. 4 is
given in Table 15
49
15 ‫ در ﺟﺪول‬4 ‫ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
.‫داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
TABLE 15 – DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES
‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ و رواداريﻫﺎ‬-15 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Nominal
Diameter
Of
Joint
d
K2 Series
Non-Preferred
‫ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬K2 ‫ﺳﺮي ﻫﺎي‬
K4 Series
Non-Preferred
‫ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬K4 ‫ﺳﺮي ﻫﺎي‬
K6 Series
Preferred
K6 ‫ﺳﺮي ﻫﺎي‬
K8 Series
Non-Preferred
‫ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬K8 ‫ﺳﺮي ﻫﺎي‬
‫داده ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫داده ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫داده ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
14.5
18.8
24
29.5
14.6 ±0.010
18.9 ±0.015
24.1 ±0.015
29.3 ±0.015
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
2

h1
h2
h2
2
2
2
2
h1
2
2
2
2
h2
2
2
2
2
 1)
2.5
2.5
2.5
h1
2
2
2
2
 1)
8
9
10
l
14
16
19
21
h1
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
h2
2
2
2
3.5
2
2
2
1) Tolerance on  = ±0.015.
2) Tolerance on h1 and h2 = ±0.010.
Based on table 2: ISO 383
22
25
28
31
29
34
38
40
 = ± 0/015 ‫رواداري در ﻣﻮرد‬
± 0/010 = h2 ‫ و‬h1 ‫رواداري در ﻣﻮرد‬
(1
(2
ISO 383 :2 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴـﺎز ﻏﻴـﺮ از ارﻗـﺎم داده‬:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note: If required nominal diameter of joint is
different from the values given in table 15. The
relevant preferred dimensions and tolerances shall
be chosen from K6 series.
‫ ﻣﻘـﺎدﻳﺮ و رواداري ﻫـﺎي ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤـﻲ‬،‫ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬15 ‫ﺷﺪه در ﺟـﺪول‬
.‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﮔﺮدد‬K6 ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﺮيﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ‬4-1-8-5
5.8.1.4 Surface finish
The center-line-average height of the ground
surface shall be less than 0.5 µm.
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧـﻮرده ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻛﻤﺘـﺮ از‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬0/5
Note: The "center-line-average height" of the
ground surface is the average value Ra of the
roughness as defined in ISO 468,1982.
‫ "ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ" ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳـﻨﺒﺎده ﺧـﻮرده‬:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
.‫( اﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﺎن ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬Ra) ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ رﻗﻢ زﺑﺮي‬
.‫ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ISO 468,1982
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮدن‬5-1-8-5
5.8.1.5 Designation
:‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ زﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Joints shall be designated as below:
d/  or
d/  ‫ﻳﺎ‬
d

50
d

Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
:‫ﻛﻪ در آن‬
Where:
‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺰرگ اﺗﺼﺎل اﺳﺖ‬d
d is the large end diameter of the joint.
‫ ﻃﻮل ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده اﺳﺖ‬
 is the length of ground zone.
‫ اﺗﺼﺎلﻫﺎي ﻛﺮوي ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬2-8-5
5.8.2 Interchangeable spherical ground joints
‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ و رواداري ﻫﺎ‬1-2-8-5
5.8.2.1 Dimensions and tolerances
‫ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ و رواداري ﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎلﻫﺎي ﻛـﺮوي ﺳـﻨﺒﺎده ﺧـﻮرده )در‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬16 ‫( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪول‬5 ‫ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
Dimensions and tolerances of spherical ground
joints (in respect to Fig. 5) shall be in accordance
with table 16.
51
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
TABLE 16 - DIMENSIONS AND TOLERANCES OF SPHERICAL GROUND JOINTS
DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS
‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ و رواداري ﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎلﻫﺎي ﻛﺮوي ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده‬-16 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
1
2
Size
Designation
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻪ اﻧﺪازه‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
3
Spherical Diameter
4
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻛﺮوي‬
Tolerance
On Inner
Component
(Ball)
Tolerance
On Outer
Component
(Cup)
‫رواداري ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫رواداري ﺑﺨﺶ‬
(‫دروﻧﻲ)ﺗﻮﭘﻲ‬
(‫ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ)ﻓﻨﺠﺎﻧﻲ‬
0
-0.025
0
-0.025
0
-0.025
0
-0.025
0
-0.025
0
-0.025
0
-0.025
0
-0.035
0
-0.040
0
-0.050
+0.025
0
+0.025
0
+0.025
0
+0.025
0
+0.025
0
+0.025
0
+0.025
0
+0.035
0
+0.040
0
+0.050
0
Nominal
Dimension
‫ﺑﻌﺪ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
S7
7.144
S 13
12.700
S 19
19.050
S 29
28.575
S 35
34.925
S 41
41.275
S 51
50.800
S 64
63.500
S 76
76.200
S 102
101.600
Testing of inner and outer components (ball and
cup) of spherical ground joints shall be carried out
according to ISO 641.
5
Minimum
Diameter
At Wide End
Of Ground Zone
6
Maximum
Diameter
At Narrow End
Of Ground Zone
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي‬
‫ﭘﻬﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺳﻨﺒﺎده‬
‫ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺳﻨﺒﺎده‬
‫ﺧﻮرده‬
‫ﺧﻮرده‬
7
Maximum
External
Diameter Of
Adjacent
Tubing
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
6.9
2.0
4.5
12.5
7.0
9
18.7
12.5
14
28.0
19.0
22
34.3
27.5
30
40.5
30.0
34
50.0
36.0
43
62.5
47.0
53
75.0
58.0
64
100.0
84.0
85
‫آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي دروﻧﻲ و ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ )ﺗﻮﭘﻲ و ﻓﻨﺠﺎﻧﻲ( اﺗﺼﺎل ﻫﺎي‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬ISO 641 ‫ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده ﻛﺮوي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
Based on table 1: ISO 641
ISO 641 :1 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻫﺎي ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧـﻮرده ﻻزم ﺑـﺎ ارﻗـﺎم‬3-8-5
5.8.3 If the dimensions of required ground joints
are different with this Standard, other
requirements shall conform with this Standard as
far as applicable.
‫ آﻧﻬـﺎ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺗـﺎ‬،‫داده ﺷﺪه در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻔﺎوت داﺷـﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد دارد ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣـﺎت اﻳـﻦ اﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘـﺖ داده‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
52
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
Fig. 5- DIMENSIONS OF SPHERICAL JOINTS
‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ اﺗﺼﺎلﻫﺎي ﻛﺮوي‬-5 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
53
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي‬9-5
5.9 Requirements for Glass Tubing
‫ ﻣﻮاد‬1-9-5
5.9.1 Material
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺮوﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎت ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪه و‬1-1-9-5
5.9.1.1 Tubing shall be made from borosilicate
glass complying with the requirements of
ISO 3585. It shall be as free as possible from
striate and other defects that may interfere with
vision or service, and shall be reasonably free from
internal striated.
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺗـﺎ ﺣـﺪ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬ISO 3585 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬
‫اﻣﻜﺎن ﻋﺎري از ﺧﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮاﻗﺺ دﻳﮕﺮي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ دﻳـﺪ ﻳـﺎ ﻛـﺎر‬
‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻄﻠﻮب ﻣﻲ ﮔﺬارد و ﻫﻤﭽﻨـﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﻃـﻮر ﻣﻌﻘـﻮﻟﻲ‬
.‫ﻋﺎري از ﺧﻄﻮط و ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻮاد ﻏﻴﺮ از ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺮوﺳـﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎت در ﺷـﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﺠـﺎز‬،‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ آن ﻣﻮاد از ﺷﻴـﺸﻪ ﺑﺮوﺳـﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎت ﻛﻤﺘـﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷـﺪ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
Materials other than borosilicate glass is permitted
if not less qualification than the borosilicate glass.
(‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ آﺑﻜﺎﻓﺘﻲ )ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬2-1-9-5
5.9.1.2 Hydrolytic resistance
‫ آزﻣـﻮن ﺷـﺪه‬ISO/R 719 ‫در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴـﺸﻪ ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ ﺑـﺎ‬
31 ‫ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻗﻠﻴﺎي اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﺷﺪه از ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ از‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﮔـﺮم اﻛـﺴﻴﺪ ﺳـﺪﻳﻢ‬31 }‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬Na20g-1 ‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﮔﺮم از‬
.( ISO 9803‫( در ﻫـــﺮ ﮔﺮم ﺷﻴﺸﻪ{)ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑـــﻪ‬Na20)
When the glass is tested in accordance with
ISO/R 719, the amount of alkali extracted from the
glass shall not be greater than 31 µg of Na2Og-1
[31 microgram of sodium oxide (Na2O) per gram
of glass ] (see ISO 9803).
‫ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﮔﺮﻣﺎﺋﻲ‬3-1-9-5
5.9.1.3 Thermal coefficient of expansion
× 10-6 K-1 ‫ﺷﻴــﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ داراي ﺿــﺮﻳﺐ اﻧﺒــﺴﺎط ﮔﺮﻣــﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ درﺟــﻪ ﺳﻠــﺴﻴﻮس‬300 ‫ ﺗــﺎ‬20 ‫( درﮔــﺴﺘﺮه دﻣــﺎي‬3/3±0/1)
The glass shall have a thermal coefficient of
expansion of (3.3 ±0.1) × 10-6 K-1 over a
temperature range of 20 to 300°C (see ISO 3585
and ISO 4803).
. (ISO 4803 ‫ و‬ISO 3585 ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ)ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ و رواداري ﻫﺎ‬2-9-5
5.9.2 Dimensions and tolerances
‫ ﻗﻄﺮ و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪاره‬1-2-9-5
5.9.2.1 Diameter and wall thickness
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺑﺮوﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬17 ‫و رواداري ﻫﺎي ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه در ﺟﺪول‬
Borosilicate glass tubing shall comply at all points
with the dimensions and tolerances given in table
17.
‫ ﻃﻮل‬2-2-9-5
5.9.2.2 Length
.‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد‬1/5 ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً در ﻃﻮل ﻫﺎي‬
Tubing shall be supplied preferably in lengths of
1.5 m.
(‫ راﺳﺖ ﺑﻮدن )راﺳﺘﻲ‬3-2-9-5
5.9.2.3 Straightness
18 ‫راﺳﺘﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺣﺪود ﺧﻤﻴﺪﮔﻲ داده ﺷﺪه در ﺟﺪول‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
All tubing shall be straight within the limits on
bow given in table 18.
‫ دوﭘﻬﻦ ﺷﺪﮔﻲ‬4-2-9-5
5.9.2.4 Ovality
‫ ﺑﻴـﺸﻴﻨﻪ و ﻛﻤﻴﻨـﻪ ﻗﻄﺮﻫـﺎي ﺑﻴﺮوﻧـﻲ‬،‫در ﻫﺮ ﺑﺮش ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
.‫ درﺻﺪ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﻛﻨﺪ‬2 ‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
At any cross-section of the tubing, the maximum
and minimum external diameters shall not differ
by more than 2% of the nominal diameter.
54
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات ﺟﺪاره‬5-2-9-5
5.9.2.5 Siding
‫ﺗﻔﺎوت ﺑﻴﻦ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ و ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﺟﺪاره ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﻫﺮ ﺑـﺮش‬
:‫ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ زﻳﺮ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ‬
The difference between the minimum and
maximum wall thicknesses at any cross - section
shall not exceed the following values:
- light wall tubing: 25%
thickness;
of
nominal
wall
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ اﺳﻤﻲ ﺟﺪاره؛‬25 :‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪاره ﺳﺒﻚ‬-
- medium and heavy wall tubing: 15% of
nominal wall thickness.
‫ درﺻـﺪ ﺿـﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬15 :‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪاره ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ و ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‬.‫اﺳﻤﻲ ﺟﺪاره‬
‫ ﻣﺨﺮوط ﺷﺪﮔﻲ‬6-2-9-5
5.9.2.6 Conicity
‫ﻣﺨﺮوط ﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از رواداري ﻫﺎي ﻗﻄـﺮ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧـﻲ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ‬
.‫ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ‬
The conicity of the tubing shall not exceed the
tolerances on external diameter.
TABLE 17 - EXTERNAL DIAMETER AND WALL THICKNESS
‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪاره‬-17 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Dimensions In Millimeter
‫ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
External Diameter
Wall Thickness
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪاره‬
6.0 ±0.4
7.0 ±0.4
8.0 ±0.4
9.0 ±0.4
10.0 ±0.4
11.0 ±0.4
12.0 ±0.4
13.0 ±0.4
14.0 ±0.4
15.0 ±0.4
16.0 ±0.4
17.0 ±0.4
18.0 ±0.4
19.0 ±0.4
20.0 ±0.5
22.0 ±0.5
24.0 ±0.5
1.5 ±0.2
1.5 ±0.2
1.5 ±0.2
1.5 ±0.2
1.5 ±0.2
1.5 ±0.2
1.5 ±0.2
1.5 ±0.2
1.5 ±0.2
1.8 ±0.2
1.8 ±0.2
1.8 ±0.2
1.8 ±0.2
1.8 ±0.2
1.8 ±0.2
1.8 ±0.2
1.8 ±0.2
Based on table 1 : ISO 4803
ISO 4803 : 1 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول‬
TABLE 18 - LIMITS ON BOW
‫ ﺣﺪود ﺧﻤﻴﺪﮔﻲ‬-18 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Values In Millimeters
‫ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
External Diameter
Limits On Bow
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺪود ﺧﻤﻴﺪﮔﻲ‬
Up to 6
7 to 10
Above 10
0.9%
0.7%
0.5%
Based on table 2: ISO 4803
ISO 4803: 2‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول‬
55
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬10-5
5.10 Requirements for Laboratory Glass
Condensers
‫ ﻣﻮاد‬1-10-5
5.10.1 Material
‫ﻣﻮاد ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑــﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑــﺎ ﺑﻨـﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛـﺎﻓﻲ ﺑـﺮاي ﺗﺤﻤـﻞ‬3-1-5
.‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻋﺎدي ﺳﺘﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺮ و ﺗﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﺠﻬـﺰ ﺑـﻪ اﺗـﺼﺎل ﺷﻴـﺸﻪاي ﺳـﻨﺒﺎده‬
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟـﺖ دارا‬.‫ﺧﻮرده ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛـﺮوي ﻳـﺎ ﻣﺨﺮوﻃـﻲ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬
‫ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﭘﻬﻦ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ اﻧﺘﻬـﺎي ﺗﺨـﺖ‬،‫ﺑﻮدن ﺳﺮ و ﺗﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ داده ﺷﺪه و ﺳﺎﻗﻪ آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده ﻳـﺎ‬
‫ اﻳـﻦ اﺗـﺼﺎلﻫـﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ ﺷﻮد و اﮔﺮ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬8-5 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻮك ﭼﻜﻪ رﻳﺰ در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺎ زاوﻳـﻪ اي ﻛـﻪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪه‬30 ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
.‫ ﺑﺮﻳﺪه ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
Material of laboratory glass condensers shall
comply with 5.1.3 and construction shall be
sufficiently robust to withstand normal use.
The extremities may be plain or fitted with
conical or spherical interchangeable ground glass
joint. In the case of plain extremities, the wide
end of plain-end condensers shall be firepolished, and the stem shall be either ground or
fire polished and if fitted with joints, the joints
shall comply with 5.8.
The drip tip at the lower end of the condenser
shall be cut off at an angle of not less than 30° to
the plane of right angles to the longitudinal axis
of the condenser.
5.10.2 Classification, types and dimensions of
laboratory glass condensers
‫ اﻧـﻮاع و ﻣﻘـﺎدﻳﺮ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨـﺪه ﻫـــﺎي‬،‫ رده ﺑﻨﺪي‬2-10-5
Five types of condenser, of three classes,
according to design and the relative position of
the cooling medium, are specified, with the
nominal jacket lengths shown:
‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮح و وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ واﺳﻂ ﺳﺮد ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه ﭘـﻨﺞ ﻧـﻮع‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮلﻫـﺎي اﺳـﻤﻲ ﭘﻮﺳـﺘﻪ ﻧـﺸﺎن ﺷـﺪه‬،‫ در ﺳﻪ رده‬،‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪه‬
:‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬
- Water jacketed condensers:
:‫ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ داراي آب‬‫ و‬630 ،400 :Liebig–West ‫اﻟﻒ( ﭼـــﮕﺎﻟﻨـﺪه‬
a) Liebig-West condenser: 400, 630 and 1000
mm;
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي؛‬1000
‫)اﺑﻌﺎد اﻳﻦ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ا ﻧﺪازهﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑـﺎﻻ‬
‫ ﻳـﺎ‬ISO 4799 ‫ از‬8.1 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ ﺑـــﺎ ﺑﻨـــﺪ ﻓﺮﻋــــﻲ‬
.(‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ASTM E 123
(Dimensions of these condensers for abovementioned jacket sizes shall conform with
Sub-clause 8.1 of ISO 4799 or ASTM E 123).
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي؛‬630 ‫ و‬400 ،250 ،160 :Allihn ‫ب( ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪه‬
b) Allihn condenser: 160, 250, 400 and 630
mm;
‫)اﺑﻌﺎد اﻳﻦ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ذﻛﺮ ﺷـﺪه ﺑـﺎﻻ‬
.(‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ISO 4799 ‫ از‬2-8 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
(Dimensions of these condensers, for abovementioned jacket sizes shall comply with Subclause 8.2 of ISO 4799).
630 ‫ و‬250 ،160 :‫ج( ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨـــﺪه ﺗﻘﻄﻴـــﺮي ﻣـــﺎرﭘﻴﭻ دار‬
c) Coiled distillate condenser: 160, 250, and
630 mm;
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي؛‬
‫)اﺑﻌﺎد اﻳﻦ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازه ﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑـﺎﻻ‬
.(‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ISO 4799 ‫ از‬3-8 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
(Dimensions of these condensers, for abovementioned jacket sizes shall comply with Subclause 8.3 of ISO 4799).
:‫ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ داراي ﻣﺎده ﺳﺮد ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬-
- Coolant-tube condensers:
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي؛‬400 ‫ و‬250 ،160 :Graham ‫د( ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪه‬
d) Graham condenser: 160, 250 and 400 mm;
‫)اﺑﻌﺎد اﻳﻦ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ذﻛﺮ ﺷـﺪه ﺑـﺎﻻ‬
.(‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ISO 4799 ‫ از‬4-8 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
(Dimensions of these condensers, for abovementioned jacket sizes shall comply with Subclause 8.4 of ISO 4799).
56
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
:‫ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي دوﮔﺎﻧﻪ‬-
- Double-action condensers:
400 ‫ و‬250 ،160 :‫ﻫ( ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨـــﺪه ﺑــﺎ ﭘﻮﺳــﺘﻪ ﻣــﺎرﭘﻴﭽﻲ‬
e) Jacketed coil condenser: 160, 250 and 400
mm.
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي؛‬
‫)اﺑﻌﺎد اﻳﻦ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ذﻛﺮ ﺷـﺪه ﺑـﺎﻻ‬
.(‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ISO 4799 ‫ از‬5-8 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
(Dimensions of these condensers, for above
mentioned jacket sizes shall comply with Subclause 8.5 of ISO 4799).
‫ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ‬3-10-5
5.10.3 Inscriptions
‫ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﺎر ﺑﺮ روي ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨـﺪهﻫـﺎ‬
‫وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؛‬
.(‫ ﻃﻮل اﺳﻤﻲ )ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬.‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎم ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬.‫ اﻧﺪازه ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ از اﺗﺼﺎلﻫﺎي ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده‬-
The following inscriptions shall be permanently
marked on all condensers:
- the nominal (jacket) length;
- the maker’s or vendor’s name or mark;
- the size of any ground joints.
5.11
Requirements for
Dropping Funnels
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
Separating
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻗﻴﻒﻫﺎي ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﭼﻜﺎﻧﻨﺪه‬11-5
and
‫ ﻣﻮاد و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬1-11-5
5.11.1 Material and construction
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬3-1-5 ‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬1-1-11-5
5.11.1.1 Material shall be as specified in 5.1.3.
5.11.1.2 Dropping funnels if required shall be
supplied with a ground joint fitted below the
stopcock, complying with the requirements of
5.8.
‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز ﻗﻴﻒﻫﺎي ﭼﻜﺎﻧﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺎ اﺗـﺼﺎل‬2-1-11-5
Dropping funnels with a ground joint below the
stopcock if required shall be provided with a
pressure-equalizing tube placed at the back of the
funnel when it is in the position of normal use
with the handle of the stopcock on the right.
‫در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز ﻗﻴﻒﻫﺎي ﭼﻜﺎﻧﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده در زﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺘﻌﺎدل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻓﺸﺎر ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﮔﺮدد ﺑﻄﻮرﻳﻜـﻪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﭘﺸﺖ آن و دﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻋﺎدي از ﻗﻴﻒ‬
.‫ﻃﺮف راﺳﺖ آن ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
5.11.1.3 The scale of graduated dropping funnels
is placed centrally on the cylindrical part of the
funnel when it is in the position of normal use
with the handle of the stopcock on the right
graduation and figuring, shall conform with
5.1.11 to 5.1.15 inclusive.
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻴـﻒ‬،‫ ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻗﻴﻒﻫﺎي ﭼﻜﺎﻧﻨﺪه‬3-1-11 -5
‫ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷـﺪه در زﻳـﺮ ﺷـﻴﺮ ﻗﻄـﻊ و وﺻـﻞ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺎ‬
.‫ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬8-5 ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﺎدي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻗﺮار دارد و دﺳـﺘﻪ ﺷـﻴﺮ آن ﺑـﻪ ﻃـﺮف‬
‫راﺳﺖ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺨﺶ اﺳـﺘﻮاﻧﻪاي ﻗﻴـﻒ ﻗـﺮار ﮔﻴـﺮد و‬
‫زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي و ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري روي آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ ﺑـــﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﻫــﺎي‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬15-1-5 ‫ ﺗﺎ و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬11-1-5
57
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ اﻧﻮاع ﻗﻴﻒ ﻫﺎ‬2-11-5
5.11.2 Types of funnels
‫ ﻗﻴﻒ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬-1-2-11-5
5.11.2.1 Separating funnels
،25 ‫ ﮔﻨﺠـﺎﻳﺶ اﺳـﻤﻲ‬، (‫ ﻗﻴﻒﻫﺎي ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه )ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ‬‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ؛‬1000 ‫ و‬500 ،250 ،100 ،50
‫اﺑﻌﺎد ﻗﻴﻒﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه ﺑـﺮاي ﮔﻨﺠـﺎﻳﺶﻫـﺎي‬
‫ از‬1-7 ‫اﺳـﻤﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠـﻒ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ ﺑــــﺎ ﺑﻨـــﺪ ﻓﺮﻋـﻲ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ISO 4800 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧــﺪارد‬
‫ ﮔﻨﺠـﺎﻳﺶ اﺳـﻤﻲ‬، (‫ ﻗﻴﻒﻫﺎي ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه )ﮔﻼﺑﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ‬‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ؛‬2000 ‫ و‬1000 ،500 ،250 ،100 ،50
‫اﺑﻌﺎد ﻗﻴﻒﻫﺎي ﮔﻼﺑﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶﻫـﺎي‬
‫ از اﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬2-7 ‫اﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨـﺪ ﻓﺮﻋـﻲ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ISO 4800
،50 ‫ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻤﻲ‬،Gilson ‫ ﻗﻴﻒﻫﺎي ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﻮع‬‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ؛‬2000 ‫ و‬1000 ،500 ،250 ،100
‫ ﺑــﺮاي‬Gilson ‫ﻣﻘــﺎدﻳﺮ ﻗﻴــﻒﻫــﺎي ﺟــﺪا ﻛﻨﻨــﺪه ﻧــﻮع‬
‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي اﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑــﺎ ﺑﻨـﺪ ﻓﺮﻋــــﻲ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ISO 4800 ‫ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬3-7
- Separating funnel (conical), nominal
capacity 25, 50, 100, 250, 500 and 1000 ml;
Dimensions of conical separating funnels for
different capacities shall comply with Subclause 7.1 of ISO 4800.
- Separating funnel (pear-shaped), nominal
capacity 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000 and 2000 ml;
Dimensions of pear-shaped separating funnel
for different capacities shall conform with
Sub-clause 7.2 of ISO 4800.
- Separating funnel (Gilson type), nominal
capacity 50, 100, 250, 500, 1000 and 2000 ml;
Dimensions of Gilson type separating funnels
in respect to different nominal capacity shall
comply with Sub-clause 7.3 of ISO 4800.
‫ ﻗﻴﻒ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻜﺎﻧﻨﺪه‬2-2-11-5
5.11.2.2 Dropping funnels
- Dropping funnel (cylindrical), nominal capacity
25, 50, 100, 250, 500 and 1000 ml;
،50 ،25 ‫ ﮔﻨﺠـﺎﻳﺶ اﺳـﻤﻲ‬، (‫ ﻗﻴﻒﻫﺎي ﭼﻜﺎﻧﻨﺪه )اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪاي‬‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ؛‬1000 ‫ و‬500 ،250 ،100
Dimensions of cylindrical dropping funnels in
respect to different nominal capacity shall
conform with Sub-clause 7.4 of ISO 4800.
‫اﺑﻌﺎد ﻗﻴﻒﻫﺎي ﭼﻜﺎﻧﻨﺪه اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪاي ﺑـﺮاي ﮔﻨﺠـﺎﻳﺶﻫـﺎي اﺳـﻤﻲ‬
ISO 4800 ‫ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬4-7 ‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻤﻲ‬، (‫ ﻗﻴﻒﻫﺎي ﭼﻜﺎﻧﻨﺪه زﻳﻨﻪدار )اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪاي‬‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ؛‬1000 ‫ و‬500 ،250 ،100 ،50
‫اﺑﻌﺎد ﻗﻴﻒﻫﺎي ﭼﻜﺎﻧﻨﺪه اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪاي زﻳﻨﻪدار ﺑﺮاي ﮔﻨﺠـﺎﻳﺶﻫـﺎي‬
ISO ‫ از اﺳـﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬5-7 ‫اﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬4800
- Dropping funnel, graduated (cylindrical),
nominal capacity 50, 100, 250, 500 and 1000
ml;
Dimensions of graduated cylindrical dropping
funnels for different nominal capacities shall
comply with Sub-clause 7.5 of ISO 4800.
‫ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ‬3-11-5
5.11.3 Inscriptions
‫ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﻧـﺪﮔﺎر ﺑـﺮ روي ﻗﻴـﻒﻫـﺎي ﺟـﺪا‬
:‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﻗﻴﻒﻫﺎي ﭼﻜﺎﻧﻨﺪه وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The following inscriptions shall be permanently
marked on all separating funnels and dropping
funnels:
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻴﻔﻬﺎي ﭼﻜﺎﻧﻨﺪه زﻳﻨﻪدار؛‬،‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ ؛‬ml ‫ ﻳﺎ‬mL ‫ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﺎد‬cm3 ‫ ﻧﻤﺎد‬.‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎم ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬-
- the nominal capacity, except for graduated
dropping funnels;
- the symbol cm³ or the symbol ml or mL;
- the maker’s or vendor’s name or mark.
58
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑِﺸِﺮﻫﺎي آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬12-5
5.12 Requirements for Laboratory Beakers
‫ ﻣﻮاد و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬1-12-5
5.12.1 Material and construction
5.12.1.1 Beakers shall be made of borosilicate
glass of suitable chemical and thermal properties,
preferably of borosilicate glass 3.3 in accordance
with ISO 3585.
‫ ﺑِﺸِﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﻮروﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎت ﺑـﺎ وﻳﮋﮔـﻲﻫـﺎي‬1-1-12-5
5.12.1.2 The glass shall be free from visible
defects and from internal stress which would
impair the performance of the beaker.
‫ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از ﻧﻮاﻗﺺ آﺷﻜﺎر و ﺗـﻨﺶ دروﻧـﻲ‬2-1-12-5
5.12.1.3 Hydrolytic resistance of beakers shall be
such that when tested in accordance with the
procedure and using the classification laid down
in ISO 719, the glass from which the beaker is
made shall comply with the requirements of class
HGB 1.
‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ آﺑﻜﺎﻓﺘﻲ ﺑِﺸِﺮ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﮔﻮﻧـﻪاي ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ ﺗـﺎ‬3-1-12-5
‫ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤـﺎً از‬،‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ و ﮔﺮﻣـﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳـﺐ ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪه ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ‬
.ISO 3585 ‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬3/3 ‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﻮروﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎت‬
.‫ﻣﺨﺘﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻛﺎر ﻋﺎدي ﺑِﺸِﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑــﺎ روش و رده ﺑﻨـﺪي ﺑــــﻪ ﻛـﺎر رﻓﺘـﻪ در‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻣـﻮرد اﺳـﺘﻔﺎده در ﺳـﺎﺧﺖ‬،‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬ISO 719
.‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬HGB1 ‫ﺑِﺸِﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ رده‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺷﻮك ﮔﺮﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﺑِﺸِﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ اي ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬4-1-12-5
5.12.1.4 Thermal shock resistance of beakers
shall be in such a way that the glass used have a
coefficient of linear thermal expansion of 5.6 ×
10-6 °C-1 over the temperature range from 20°C to
300°C(see ISO 3819).
‫ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺑــﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ داراي ﺿﺮﻳﺐ اﻧﺒـﺴﺎط ﮔﺮﻣـﺎﺋﻲ ﺧَﻄَـﻲ‬
‫ درﺟــﻪ‬300 ‫ ﺗــﺎ‬20 ‫ در ﮔــﺴﺘﺮه دﻣــﺎي از‬5/6 × 10-6 º C-1
.(ISO 3819 ‫ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﻳـﺪاري‬،‫ ﻃﺮح ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑِﺸِﺮ‬5-1-12-5
5.12.1.5 The design of the base shall enable the
beaker to have stability complying with 5.1.7.
.‫ دارا ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬7-1-5 ‫ﻻزم را ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺪاره‬6-1-12-5
5.12.1.6 Side
‫ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳـﻚ اﻧﺤﻨـﺎي ﺻـﺎف و ﻣـﻨﻈﻢ‬،‫ﺟﺪاره ﺑِﺸِﺮ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ از ﻗﻄﺮ‬15 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬5 ‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه‬.‫ﻛﻤﻲ ﻻﻟﻪاي ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑِﺸِﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺻﻔﺤﻪاي ﻣﻮازي ﺑـﺎ ﭘﺎﻳـﻪ آن‬.‫ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The side of the beaker shall be slightly flared near
the brim in a smooth and regular curve. The
diameter of the brim shall be of the order of 5 to
15% greater than the diameter of the body. The
edge of the brim shall be finished in a plane
parallel with that of the base.
‫ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ رﻳﺰش‬7-1-12-5
5.12.1.7 Spout
‫دﻫﺎﻧﻪ رﻳﺰش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕـﺎﻣﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬
‫ﺑِﺸِﺮ ﭘﺮ از آب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺘﻮان آب را در ﻳﻚ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﺑﺪون‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ روي ﺟﺪاره ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ آن ﺷﱞﺮه ﻛﻨﺪ از آن رﻳﺨﺖ و اﮔﺮ ﺑِﺸِﺮ‬
‫در ﺳﻄﺢ اﻓﻘﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد و ﭘﺮﻛﺮدن آن ﺗﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺳﺮ رﻳﺰ ﺷـﺪن‬
‫ آب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺑﺘﺪا از دﻫﺎﻧـﻪ ﺑِـﺸِﺮ ﺳـﺮ رﻳـﺰ‬،‫آب از آن اداﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﻨﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ دﻳﮕﺮي از ﻟﺒﻪ آن‬
The spout shall be shaped so that, when the
beaker is filled with water, the water may be
poured in a regular stream clear of the side of the
beaker. When the beaker is placed on a horizontal
surface and filling is continued beyond its
overflow capacity, the water shall first overflow
from the spout and not from any other part of the
brim.
‫ ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬8-1-12-5
5.12.1.8 Scale
ً‫ﺑِﺸِﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدﻧـﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒـﺎ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺣﺠﻢ درون آنﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Beakers may be provided with a scale, which
should approximately indicate the volume
contained in the beaker.
59
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎ و اﺑﻌﺎد‬،‫ اﻧﻮاع‬2-12-5
5.12.2 Types, capacities and dimensions
‫ اﻧﻮاع و ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶﻫﺎي ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻧـﻮع ﺑِـﺸِﺮ‬1-2-12-5
5.12.2.1 Types and required capacities for each
types are given below:
:‫در زﻳﺮ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
A) Low-form beaker with spout:
:‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑِﺸِﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﺑﺎ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ رﻳﺰش‬
5, 10, 25, 50, 100, 250, 400, 600, 800, 1000,
2000, 3000 and 5000 ml.
،1000 ،800 ،600 ،400 ،250 ،100 ،50 ،25 ،10 ،5
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬5000 ‫ و‬3000 ،2000
B) Tall-form beaker with spout:
:‫ب( ﺑِﺸِﺮ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ رﻳﺰش‬
50, 100, 150, 250, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 2000,
3000 ml.
‫ و‬2000 ،1000 ،800 ،600 ،400 ،250 ،150 ،100 ،50
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬3000
‫ اﺑﻌـــﺎد ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤـــﻲ ﺑـــﺮاي ﻫـــــﺮ ﮔﻨﺠـــﺎﻳﺶ در‬2-2-12-5
5.12.2.2 Preferred dimensions for each capacity
are specified in ISO 3819.
.‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ISO 3819
‫ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ‬3-12-5
5.12.3 Inscriptions
‫ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﮔﻮﻧـﻪ ﻣﺎﻧـﺪﮔﺎر و ﺧﻮاﻧـﺎ ﺑـﺮ روي ﻫﻤـﻪ‬
:‫ﺑِﺸِﺮﻫﺎ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
The following inscriptions shall be permanently
and legibly marked on all beakers:
a) the nominal capacity of the beaker, for
example "100 ml" (or 100), and the scale if
marked on the beaker;
‫ﻣﻴﻠـﻲ ﻟﻴﺘـﺮ" )ﻳـﺎ‬100 "ً‫ ﻣـﺜﻼ‬،‫اﻟﻒ( ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ اﺳـﻤﻲ ﺑِـﺸِﺮ‬
‫ و ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي اﮔﺮ ﺑﺮ روي ﺑِﺸِﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬاري ﺷـﺪه‬،(100
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
b) the maker’s or vendor’s name or mark;
.‫ب( ﻋﻼﻣﺖ و ﻧﺎم ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
.‫ اﮔﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ج( درج ﻧﻮع ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬
c) the type of glass, if not identifiable
otherwise.
‫ ﻫﺮ ﺑِﺸِﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪاي ﺑﺎ ﺳـﻄﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳـﺐ‬،‫ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ آن‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
In addition, each beaker shall bear an area with
a surface suitable for marking with pencil.
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬13-5
5.13 Requirements for Liquid in Glass
Thermometers
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-13-5
5.13.1 General requirements
‫ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬1-1-13-5
5.13.1.1 Glass
‫ اﻧﺘﺨـﺎب و‬،‫دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺷﻴﺸﻪ دﻣﺎﺳـﻨﺠﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳـﺒﻲ ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻓــﺮآﻳﺶ ﺷــﺪه ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ ﺑــﻪ ﻃــﻮري ﻛــﻪ دﻣﺎﺳــﻨﺞ ﺗﻜﻤﻴــﻞ ﺷــﺪه‬
:‫وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ را دارا ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The thermometer shall be made of suitable
thermometric glass selected and processed so that
the finished thermometer shows the following
characteristics:
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻗﻪ و ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺎﺳـﺐ‬،‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﻨﺶ در ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﺨﺰن‬
a) Stress in the glass of the bulb, capillary
stem and where appropriate, the protective
sheath shall be reduced to a level sufficient to
minimize the possibility of fracture due to
thermal or mechanical shock.
‫در ﻏﻼف ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﺪن‬
‫اﻣﻜﺎن ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن ﺑﺮ اﺛﺮ ﺷﻮكﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻳـﺎ ﮔﺮﻣـﺎﺋﻲ‬
.‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
b) The bulb glass shall be stabilized by
suitable heat treatment to ensure that the
accuracy requirements of 10.1 and 10.3 can be
met.
‫ب( ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﺨـﺰن ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨـﺎن از ﺑـﺮآورده ﺷـﺪن‬
c) The legibility of the reading shall not be
impaired by diversification or clouding.
‫ج( اﻣﻜﺎن واﺿﺢ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎر ﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ اﺑﺮي ﺷـﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫ ﺑـﻪ ﻛﻤـﻚ ﻋﻤﻠﻴـﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗـﻲ‬10/3 ‫ و‬10/1 ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت دﻗـﺖ‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﺎﻳﺪار ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ﻣﺨﺘﻞ ﮔﺮدد‬
60
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
d) The image of the meniscus shall be
distorted as little as possible by defects or
impurities in the glass.
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫د( ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻫﻼﻟﻪ )ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗـﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ اﻧﺤﺮاف را از ﺷﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ وﺳـﻴﻠﻪ‬
.‫ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻧﻮاﻗﺺ و ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺼﻲﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ‬2-1-13-5
5.13.1.2 Shape
5.13.1.2.1 The thermometers shall be straight and
their external cross-section approximately
circular.
‫ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ راﺳـﺖ ﺑـﻮده و ﺑـﺮش ﻋﺮﺿـﻲ‬1-2-1-13-5
5.13.1.2.2 The top of the thermometer may have
a plain finish or a glass ring or button. The outer
diameter of the ring or button shall not exceed
that of the stem.
‫ ﺳﺮ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺻﺎف ﻳﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺷﻴـﺸﻪاي‬2-2-1-13-5
.‫ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً داﻳﺮهاي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻳﺎ دﻛﻤﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳـﺎﻗﻪ‬.‫ﻳﺎ دﻛﻤﻪاي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﻮاري ﻛﻪ ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨـﻪ ﺑﻨـﺪي در دﻣﺎﺳـﻨﺞ ﻫـﺎي‬3-2-1-13-5
5.13.1.2.3 For enclosed-scale thermometers, the
strip bearing the scale shall be of a material
suitable for the temperature to be measured and
compatible with the method of fixing the strip. It
shall be placed tightly against the capillary tube
inside the sheath and shall be firmly and securely
fastened at the top of the thermometer. A suitable
method of fixing is by fusing a glass tube or rod
to the sheath and to the upper end of the strip
bearing the scale, while the lower end of the strip
shall be freely held in a suitable saddle.
Alternatively it shall be fixed inside the sheath in
any other suitable manner that also allows for
differential expansion.
‫ﻏﻼﻓﺪار ﺑﺮ روي آن ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﺎده ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧـﻮار‬.‫دﻣﺎﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي و ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ﺑﺎ روش ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻮار ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ و ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪه ﺑﻪ آن در داﺧـﻞ ﻏـﻼف ﻗـﺮار‬
‫ ﻳـﻚ روش‬.‫ﮔﻴﺮد و ﻣﺤﻜﻢ و ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﺎﻻي دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷـﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻮار اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺑﺎﻻي آﻧـﺮا ﻳـﺎ ذوب‬
‫ در ﺣـﺎﻟﻲ ﻛـﻪ‬.‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي ﺑﻪ ﻏﻼف ﺟﻮش دﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑـﻪ‬.‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﻮار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آزاداﻧﻪ در زﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺳـﺒﻲ ﻗـﺮار ﮔﻴـﺮد‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮان روش ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻧﻮار را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﻪ روش ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ دﻳﮕـﺮي‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ اﺧﺘﻼل در اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ﻧﺸﻮد در داﺧﻞ ﻏﻼف ﻧﺼﺐ‬
.‫ﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮش ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬.‫ درون ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺎف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬4-2-1-13-5
5.13.1.2.4 The inside of the capillary tube shall
be smooth. The cross-sectional area of the bore
shall not show variations from the average greater
than 10%. The size of the bore shall be such that
when the temperature is rising at a specified
uniform rate, any jumping of the meniscus does
not exceed a specified proportion of the
graduation interval.
‫دروﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﺑـﻴﺶ از ده درﺻـﺪ ﻣﻘـﺪار ﻣﻴـﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ‬
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﻗﻄﺮ دروﻧﻲ آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ وﻗﺘﻲ دﻣـﺎ‬.‫ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻻﭘﺮﻳــﺪﮔﻲ‬،‫ﺑــﺎ ﺳــﺮﻋﺖ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧــﺖ و ﻣــﺸﺨﺺ ﺑــﺎﻻ ﻣﻴــﺮود‬
‫ﻫﻼﻟﻪ)ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ( از ﻳﻚ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣـﺸﺨﺺ ﺑـﺎزه‬
.‫زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬
61
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ ﻣﺤﻔﻈــﻪ اﻧﺒــﺴﺎط ﻳــﺎ اﻧﻘﺒــﺎض ﻳــﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧــﻪ‬5-2-1-13-5
5.13.1.2.5 No expansion or contraction chamber
or other enlargement of the bore shall be so
located as to produce any variation (greater than
that permitted in 5.13.1.2.4) in the cross-section
of the capillary tube in the scale ranges, and
unless otherwise specified (see 5.13.1.2.6 and
5.13.1.2.7) there shall be at least 5 mm of
unchanged capillary tube between any
enlargement of the bore and any adjacent scale
line. In the case of partial immersion
thermometers no variation (greater than that
permitted in 5.13.1.2.4) in the cross-section of the
capillary tube is allowed between the immersion
line and the first scale line above it.
‫ﮔﺸﺎدﺷﺪﮔﻲ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﺟﺎﺋﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
‫ ﻣﺠـﺎز ﺷـﺪه اﺳـﺖ( در‬4-2-1-13-5 ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ )ﺑﻴﺶ از آﻧﭽـﻪ در‬
‫ و ﺑـﻪ‬،‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ در ﮔﺴﺘﺮه ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨـﺪي ﺷـﻮد‬
‫ و‬6-2-1-13-5 ‫ﻏﻴــﺮ از ﻣﻮارد ﺗﻌﻴﻴـــﻦ ﺷﺪه )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴـﺪ ﺑـﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﻗﻄـﺮ‬5 ‫( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬7-2-1-13-5
‫آن ﺗﻐﻴﻴــﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺘــﻪ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ ﺑــﻴﻦ ﻫــﺮ ﮔــﺸﺎدﺷﺪﮔﻲ اﻳــﻦ ﻟﻮﻟــﻪ ﺗــﺎ‬
‫ در ﻣـﻮرد‬.‫ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ زﻳﻨـﻪﺑﻨـﺪي آن وﺟـﻮد داﺷـﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬
‫دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي ﻓﺮوﺑﺮي ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮي )ﺑـﻴﺶ از آﻧﭽـــﻪ در‬
،‫ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ( در ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄـﻊ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﻣـﻮﻳﻴﻦ‬4-2-1-13-5
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮو ﺑـﺮي و اوﻟـﻴﻦ ﺧـﻂ زﻳﻨـﻪﺑﻨـﺪي ﺑـﺎﻻي آن ﻣﺠـﺎز‬
.‫ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﺪن اﺛﺮ ﮔﺮم ﺷـﺪن اﺗﻔـﺎﻗﻲ‬6-2-1-13-5
5.13.1.2.6 To minimize the effect of being
accidentally overheated, and to provide for the
exceptional case of a thermometer whose
temperature range is below ambient being stored
at ambient temperature, an expansion volume
shall be provided at the top of the capillary tube.
‫دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ﺣﺪ اﺳـﻤﻲ آن و ﻫﻤﭽﻨـﻴﻦ ﻓـﺮاﻫﻢ ﻛـﺮدن‬
‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮرد ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮه دﻣﺎي دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﭘـﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗـﺮ‬
‫از دﻣــﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻄــﻲ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ ﻛــﻪ دﻣﺎﺳــﻨﺞ در دﻣــﺎي آن ﻣﺤــﻴﻂ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺑﺎﻻي ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﻣـﻮﻳﻴﻦ‬،‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد اﻳﻦ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻔﻈـﻪ اﻧﺒـﺴﺎط و‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑـﻴﻦ ﺑـﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺧـﻂ‬10 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨـﺪي و اﺑﺘـﺪاي ﮔـﺸﺎدﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﻣـﻮﻳﻴﻦ واﻗـﻊ ﺷـﺪه و‬
‫ اﻳـﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻈـﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻪ‬.‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮي در ﻗﻄﺮ آن ﺻﻮرت ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﮔﻼﺑﻲ ﺑﻮده و ﻗـﺴﻤﺖ ﻧﻴﻤﻜـﺮه آن ﺑـﻪ ﻃـﺮف ﺑـﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬
‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻃﻮل ﻫﻢ ارز ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ‬
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﮔﺎز‬.‫ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎزه دﻣﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ آن ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
30 ‫ ﺣﺠﻢ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ از ﺣـﺪاﻗﻞ‬،‫ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ آن ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺘـﻪ و ﺑـﺎﻻي ﺑـﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬
.‫ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺧﻂ زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي اﺳﺖ‬
This volume should preferably consist of an
expansion chamber with at least 10 mm of
unchanged capillary tube between the highest
scale line and the commencement of the widening
of the capillary tube. Such a chamber shall be
pear shaped with the hemisphere at the top. The
approximate capacity of the expansion chamber
shall be specified in terms of either the equivalent
length of capillary tube or the corresponding
temperature interval. In the case of gas filling, the
expansion volume may consist of at least 30 mm
of unchanged capillary tube above the highest
scale line.
‫ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ اﻧﻘﺒﺎض‬7-2-1-13-5
5.13.1.2.7 Contraction chamber
‫ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮي از ﭘﺲ زدن ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑـﻪ داﺧـﻞ ﻣﺨـﺰن ﺑـﻪ ﻫﻨﮕـﺎم‬
،‫ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي ﻳﺎ ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨـﺪي ﻛﻤﻜـﻲ‬
‫دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ اﻧﻘﺒﺎض ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺠﻬـﺰ ﺷـﺪه‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
To prevent the liquid withdrawing into the bulb
during storage or to allow the inclusion of an
auxiliary scale, a suitable contraction chamber
may be provided.
62
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ‬2-13-5
5.13.2 Specification of dimensions
‫در درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﺑـﺮاي دﻣﺎﺳـﻨﺞ ﻫـﺎ ﻣﻌﻤـﻮﻻً ﻣﻘـﺎدﻳﺮ زﻳـﺮ و‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺑـﺮي ﻣـﺸﺨﺺ ﻣـﻲ ﮔـﺮدد ﻛـﻪ آﻧﻬـﺎ را از‬
.‫ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻤﻮد‬ASTM E 1-05 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
The following dimensions of the thermometers as
well as the condition of immersion will be
specified in requisition, which may be chosen
from ASTM E 1-05 :
a) total length;
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻃﻮل ﻛﻠﻲ؛‬
b) bulb length;
‫ب( ﻃﻮل ﻣﺨﺰن؛‬
c) scale position;
‫ج( ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي؛‬
d) scale length;
‫د( ﻃﻮل ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي؛‬
‫ﻫ( ﻋﻤﻖ ﻓﺮوﺑﺮي؛‬
e) depth of immersion;
f) diameter of stem or sheath;
‫و( ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﺎﻗﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻼف؛‬
g) external diameter of bulb.
.‫ز( ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﻣﺨﺰن‬
In the case of absence of such information, the
supplier shall inform the Company of the abovementioned dimensions before delivery.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬،‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﺪم اراﺋـﻪ اﻳـﻦ اﻃﻼﻋـﺎت‬
.‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ آن ﺷﺮﻛﺖ را ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﮔﺮداﻧﺪ‬
(‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ )ﻣﺎﻳﻊ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺠﻲ‬3-13-5
5.13.3 Liquid filling
The general requirements for the liquid filling
shall include the following:
:‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
5.13.3.1 There shall be no freezing or partial
freezing of the liquid filling throughout the
temperature range under the pressures prevailing
in the thermometer.
‫ در ﺳﺮاﺳﺮ ﮔﺴﺘﺮه زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي دﻣﺎ ﻣـﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨـﺪه‬1-3-13-5
5.13.3.2 The liquid shall be free from any
contamination likely to interfere with the proper
functioning of the thermometer.
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻣﺎﺳـﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻋـﺎري از ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧـﻪ‬2-3-13-5
5.13.3.3 The liquid shall be Mercury or alcohol as
required. For liquids which wet glass, additional
requirements are as follows:
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻴﻮه ﻳﺎ‬3-3-13-5
‫دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓـﺸﺎرﻫﺎي ﻏﺎﻟـﺐ در‬
.‫دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻳﺦ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‬
.‫آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ در ﻣﺨﺘﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣـﺎت‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴـﺸﻪ را ﺗـﺮ ﻣـﻲ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪ‬.‫اﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
a) The physical properties of the liquid shall
be such as to ensure that the drainage time
when the thermometer is cooled, is within
specified limits.
‫اﻟﻒ( وﻳﮋﮔﻲ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﺳﺮد ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ زﻣـﺎن ﺗﺨﻠﻴـﻪ در آن در ﺣـﺪود‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ب( اﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﺑﻪ ﺻـﻮرت ﻣـﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ رﻧﮕـﻲ‬
b) If the liquid is artificially colored, a lightfast dye which does not stain the glass shall be
used.
‫ رﻧﮓ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻮر ﭘﺎﻳﺪار ﺑـﻮده و‬،‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ را رﻧﮕﻲ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬
63
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
(‫ ﮔﺎز ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه )ﮔﺎز دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺠﻲ‬4-13-5
5.13.4 Gas filling
‫در دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻀﺎي ﺑﺎﻻي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﺑﺎ ﮔـﺎز‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﮔﺎزي ﺧـﺸﻚ در ﻓـﺸﺎري ﻛـﻪ ﻧﻘﻄـﻪ ﺟـﻮش‬،‫ﭘﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ را ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮔـﺮدد‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﺟﻴﻮه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﮔـﺎز ﻣـﺼﺮف ﺷـﺪه ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﻲاﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
When gas filling is employed above the liquid
filling, a dry gas shall be used at a pressure which
raises the boiling point of the liquid sufficiently.
In the case of mercury filling the gas shall be
inert.
‫ دﻗﺖ‬5-13-5
5.13.5 Accuracy
‫ ﺧﻄﺎي دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬1-5-13-5
5.13.5.1 Instrument error
The maximum permissible instrument error shall
be specified and should not be more than one
scale division when the thermometer is in a
vertical position and at the prevailing atmospheric
pressure under the conditions of immersion and
average emergent liquid column temperature
specified for use.
‫ﺧﻄﺎي ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺠﺎز دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮدد و ﻫﻨﮕـﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ و در ﻓـﺸﺎر ﺟـﻮ ﻏﺎﻟـﺐ در ﺷـﺮاﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻓﺮوﺑﺮي و ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ دﻣﺎي ﺣﺎﺻﻞ از ﺳﺘﻮن ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛـﺎرﺑﺮد‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺧﻄـﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ از‬،‫دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻗﺮار دارد‬
.‫ﻳﻚ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Note: For thermometers having scale divisions of
0.01, 0.02 or 0.05°C or indicating temperatures
above 300°C or below -38°C a larger error is
permitted. In this case the Company shall be
informed before delivery.
‫ ﺑﺮاي دﻣﺎﺳـﻨﺞ ﻫـﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ داراي ﻗـﺴﻤﺖﻫـﺎي ﻧـﺮده‬:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ درﺟـﻪ ﺳﻠـﺴﻴﻮس ﻫـﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻳـﺎ‬0/05 ‫ ﻳـﺎ‬0/02 ،0/01‫زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫ درﺟـﻪ ﺳﻠـﺴﻴﻮس را‬-38 ‫ درﺟـﻪ ﻳـﺎ زﻳـﺮ‬300 ‫دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ از‬
‫ ﺧﻄــﺎي دﺳــﺘﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘــﺮي ﻣﺠــﺎز‬،‫اﻧــﺪازهﮔﻴــﺮي ﻣــﻲ ﻛﻨﻨــﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮﺿـﻮع ﺑـﻪ‬،‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺟـﻨﺲ‬.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ اﻃﻼع داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ در ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎه ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ دﻫﻨﺪه ﺻﻔﺮ‬2-5-13-5
5.13.5.2 Change in zero indication
‫ از‬A.2 ‫ ﺑﻨـﺪ‬A ‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ دﻗﻴﻖ آزﻣﻮن ﻳﺎد ﺷﺪه در ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ در ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎه ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ دﻫﻨﺪه دﻣـﺎي ﺻـﻔﺮ درﺟـﻪ‬ISO 386
‫ ﭘـﺲ از ﻗـﺮار دادن دﻣﺎﺳـﻨﺞ‬،‫ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ دﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫در ﻣﻌﺮض دﻣﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ زﻳﻨـﻪ ﻧـﺮده ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ ﺑـﺎ‬
‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑﻴـﺸﺘﺮ از ﻣﻘـﺪار‬،‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ آزﻣﻮن اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه اﺳـﺖ‬
.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ادﻋﺎ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
After being subjected, under precisely defined
conditions of test (see Annex A, Clause A.2 of
ISO 386), to a temperature corresponding to the
highest scale reading, the change in the indication
corresponding to a temperature of 0°C or other
reference point, measured according to the
conditions of test, shall not be greater than that
specified or declared by supplier.
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬاري‬6-13-5
5.13.6 Marking
The scheme of graduation, figuring
inscriptions shall comply with ISO 386.
ISO 386 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎرهﮔﺬاري و ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑـﺎ‬،‫ﻃﺮح زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
and
.‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
64
‫دي ‪Dec. 2008/ 1387‬‬
‫)‪IPS-M-GN-170(2‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﺮدﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪاي‬
‫دﻛﻤﻪاي‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺻﺎف ﺳﺮ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط‬
‫ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪ‬
‫‪Scale length‬‬
‫ﻃﻮل ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﻓﺮوﺑﺮي ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﻓﺮوﺑﺮي‬
‫‪Distance from bottom of bulb to lower‬‬
‫‪nominal limit of main scale‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﻓﺮوﺑﺮي‬
‫‪Depth of immersion‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ از ﺗﻪ ﻣﺨﺰن ﺗﺎﺣﺪاﺳﻤﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺮده اﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫‪Top of bulb funnel to lowsr nominal limit‬‬
‫‪of auxiliary scale‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻي ﻗﻴﻒ ﻣﺨﺰن ﺗﺎﺣﺪ اﺳﻤﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻧﺮده ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻃﻮل ﻛﻠﻲ ‪Total length‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﻓﺮوﺑﺮي‬
‫‪Depth of limmersion‬‬
‫‪Depth of limmersion‬‬
‫‪Bulb length‬‬
‫ﻃﻮل ﻣﺨﺰن‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻي ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ اﻧﻘﺒﺎض ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -6‬ﻃﺮح ﻛﻠﻲ و اﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬
‫‪Total length‬‬
‫ﻃﻮل ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ اﻧﻘﺒﺎض‬
‫‪Top of bulb funnel to lowsr nominal‬‬
‫‪limit of auxiliary scale‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻي ﻗﻴﻒ ﻣﺨﺰن ﺗﺎﺣﺪ اﺳﻤﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻧﺮده ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬
‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺮده اﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫‪65‬‬
‫‪Scale length‬‬
‫ﻃﻮل ﻧﺮده‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪي اﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫‪Distance from botton of‬‬
‫‪bulb to lower nominal‬‬
‫‪limit of main scals‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ از ﺗﻪ ﻣﺨﺰن ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪاﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻮع ﻏﻼﻓﺪار‬
‫ﻧﻮع ﺑﻲ ﻏﻼف‬
‫ﺣﺪ اﺳﻤﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺮده اﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻮارداراي ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫‪Top of contraction chamber to lower nominal limit of‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻي ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ اﻧﻘﺒﺎض ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪاﺳﻤﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺮده اﺻﻠﻲ‪main scale‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط‬
‫‪Fig. 6- GENERAL DESIGN AND TERMINOLOGY FOR LIQUID-IN-GLASS THERMOMETERS‬‬
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ‬14-5
5.14 Requirements for Hydrometers
(‫ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي وﻳﮋه )ﭘﻴﻜﻨﻮﻣﺘﺮ‬1-14-5
5.14.1 Specific gravity meter (pyknometer)
Two types of pyknometers, namely tubular type
and flask type pyknometers may be required.
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ دو ﻧﻮع ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ وﻳﮋه ﺑـﻪ ﻧـﺎم ﻫـﺎي ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ اي و‬
.‫ﻓﻼﺳﻜﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
5.14.1.1 Special requirements for tubular
pyknometers
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت وﻳﮋه ﭼﮕﺎﻟـﻲ ﺳـﻨﺞ ﻫـــﺎي وﻳـﮋه‬1-1-14-5
5.14.1.1.1 Nominal capacities and dimensional
requirements
‫ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﺎي اﺳﻤﻲ و اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺑﻌﺎدي‬1-1-1-14-5
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي‬
‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳـﻨﺞ ﻫـﺎي وﻳـﮋه ﻟﻮﻟـﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺎ‬
.‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬19 ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺟﺪول‬
Tublar pyknometers shall comply with the
approximate requirements shown in table 19.
TABLE 19 - DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PYKNOMETER TUBES
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮي ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي وﻳﮋه ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي‬-19 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Characteristics
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت‬
Nominal Capacity, ml
Type 1 (Lipkin )
(See Fig. 7)
(Lipkin) 1 ‫ﻧﻮع‬
Type 2 (Sprengel)
(See Fig.8)
(Sprengel) 2 ‫ﻧﻮع‬
(7‫)ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
(8 ‫)ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
1
2
5
10
5
10
25
±0.2
±0.3
±0.5
±1
±0.5
±1
±2
30
30
30
30
25
30
40
175 ±5
90
105
120
40
---
---
---
Height From Bulb To Scale, C, min.,mm
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬،C،‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ از ﻣﺨﺰن ﺗﺎ ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬
5
---
---
---
Distance Between Centers Of Vertical Limbs, D,mm
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬،D،‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮاﻛﺰ ﺳﺎﻗﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي‬
28 ±2
10
13
16
---
40
45
50
6
6
6
6
1 ±0.1
1.5
1.5
1.5
Length From Bottom Of Bulb To Zero Graduation Line, H, mm
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬،H ،‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ از ﺗﻪ ﻣﺨﺰن ﺗﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺻﻔﺮ زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
40
---
---
---
Length Of Bulb, H,mm
---
60
75
90
12
17
22
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬،‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
Difference Between Actual Capacity And Nominal
Capacity, max., ml
‫ﺗﻔﺎوت ﺑﻴﻦ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ واﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ و ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
Maximum Mass (including cap for Type 2, if fitted),g
‫ در ﺻﻮرت داﺷﺘﻦ آن( ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮم‬2 ‫ﺟﺮم ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻮﭘﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻮع‬
Overall Height, A,mm
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬،A ،‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﺮاﺳﺮي‬
Height Above Scale, B, min.,mm
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬،B ،‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
Length Of Side Arms, E,mm
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬،E ،‫ﻃﻮل ﺑﺎزوﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
External Diameter Of Tubing, F,
mm
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬،F ،‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
Internal Diameter Of Tubing, G,
mm
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬،G ،‫ﻗﻄﺮ دروﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬،H ،‫ﻃﻮل ﻣﺨﺰن‬
External Diameter Of Bulb, J,mm
11
14
20
25
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬،J ،‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﻣﺨﺰن‬
Based on table 2 : ISO 3507
ISO 3507 :2 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول‬
66
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ ﻣﻮاد‬2-1-1-14-5
5.14.1.1.2 Material
Pyknometers shall be made from glass of
hydrolytic class not lower than HGB3 according
to ISO 719, with a coefficient of thermal
expansion not exceeding 3.3 × 10-6 °C-1.
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي وﻳﮋه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي ﻛﻪ رده آﺑﻜﺎﻓﺘﻲ آن‬
‫ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ و ﺿﺮﻳﺐ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط‬HGB3 ‫ از‬ISO 719 ‫ﻃﺒﻖ‬
‫ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬3/3×10-6 °C -1 ‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎﺋﻲ آن از‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Note: This includes borosilicate
according to ISO 3585.
3.3
‫ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﻮروﺳـﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎت‬ISO 3585 ‫ اﻳﻦ ﻃﺒﻖ‬:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Pyknometers shall be as free as possible from
visible defects and reasonably free from internal
strain. Stoppers or taps shall be made from glass
having similar thermal properties to that used for
the pyknometers to which they are fitted.
.‫ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬3/3
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي وﻳﮋه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻋﺎري از ﻧﻮاﻗﺺ آﺷﻜﺎر‬
‫ درﭘـﻮشﻫـﺎ ﻳـﺎ‬.‫و ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻌﻘﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺪون ﻛﺮﻧﺶ داﺧﻠـﻲ ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﭘﻲﻫﺎي ﻣـﻮرد اﺳـﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ از ﺷﻴـﺸﻪ داراي وﻳﮋﮔـﻲ ﻫـﺎي‬
‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳـﻨﺞ ﻫـﺎي وﻳـﮋه ﺳـﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷـﺪه‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
glass
TUBULAR PYKNOMETERS
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي وﻳﮋه ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي‬
D
Fig. 7- TYPE 1 (LIPKIN)
Fig. 8- TYPE 2 (SPRENGEL)
(LIPKIN) 1 ‫ ﻧﻮع‬-7 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
(SPRINGEL) 2 ‫ ﻧﻮع‬-8 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
67
‫)‪IPS-M-GN-170(2‬‬
‫دي ‪Dec. 2008/ 1387‬‬
‫‪ 3-1-1-14-5‬ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫‪5.14.1.1.3 Shape‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ و ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳـﻨﺞﻫـﺎي وﻳـﮋه ﻧـﻮع‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي در ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﺎي ‪ 7‬و ‪ 8‬ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ وﻳﮋه ﻧﻮع ‪ 1‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻳﻚ ﻣﺨﺰن ﺗﺨﻢ ﻣﺮﻏـﻲ ﺑـﻪ‬
‫ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ در ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ 7‬ﻧـﺸﺎن داده ﺷـﺪه اﺳـﺖ ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺪرﻳﺞ در ﻫﺮ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻓﺮورﻓﺘﻪ و ﺑﺎ آن ﻫﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ وﻳﮋه ﻧﻮع ‪ 2‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻳﻚ ﻣﺨـﺰن اﺳـﺘﻮاﻧﻪ اي ﺑـﺎ‬
‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻫﺎي ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪرﻳﺞ در ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺖ‬
‫ﻓﺮورﻓﺘﻪ و ﺑﺎ آنﻫﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﭼﮕـﺎﻟﻲ ﺳـﻨﺞﻫـﺎي وﻳـﮋه ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ اﺣﺘﺮاز از ﺑﻪ وﺟﻮد آوردن ﺷﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻴﺰي ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﺤﺒﻮس ﺷﺪن ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﻫـﻮا در آﻧﻬـﺎ ﮔـﺮدد ﺑـﻪ ﺻـﻮرت‬
‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دو اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي وﻳـﮋه ﻟﻮﻟـﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﻃـﻮر ﻗـﺎﺋﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻳﺪه ﺷـﺪه و ﺑـﺪون ﺗﻨـﮓ ﺷـﺪﮔﻲ ﺑـﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻚ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ داده ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي وﻳﮋه ﻧﻮع‪) 2‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ (8‬در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴـﺎز ﻣﻤﻜـﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﭘﻮشﻫﺎي ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧـﻮرده در اﻧﺘﻬـﺎي ﺑﺎزوﻫـﺎ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﻲ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻳـﺎد ﺷـﺪه در ﺑﻨـﺪ ‪4-4-7‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ‪ ISO 3507‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻫﺎي ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي وﻳﮋه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑـﺎ ﺑﻨـﺪ ‪ 8-5‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘـﺖ‬
‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Shapes and forms of different parts of tubular type‬‬
‫‪pyknometers are given in Figs. 7 and 8.‬‬
‫‪Pyknometer of type 1 shall have an oval bulb, as‬‬
‫‪illustrated in Fig. 7, which merges gradually into‬‬
‫‪the tubes at each end. Pyknometer of type 2 shall‬‬
‫‪have a cylindrical bulb, with tapered ends which‬‬
‫‪merges gradually into the adjoining tubes‬‬
‫‪All tapered portions of pyknometers shall be‬‬
‫‪smoothly formed so as to avoid sharp shoulders‬‬
‫‪which could entrap air bubbles.‬‬
‫‪The two ends of the tublar pyknometers shall be‬‬
‫‪finished square with the axis of the tubes and‬‬
‫‪smoothly fire-polished without constriction.‬‬
‫‪Type 2 (Fig. 8) pyknometers may, if required, be‬‬
‫‪fitted with ground - on caps at the ends of the side‬‬
‫‪arms and comply with additional requirements‬‬
‫‪stated in clause 7.4.4 of ISO 3507.‬‬
‫‪The joints of pyknometers shall conform with 5.8.‬‬
‫‪ 4-1-1-14-5‬ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫‪5.14.1.1.4 Graduation lines‬‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨـﻪ ﺑﻨـﺪي ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺗﻤﻴـﺰ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧـﺪﮔﺎر و ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧـﺖ ﺑـﻮده و‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ آﻧﻬﺎ از ‪ 0/3‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤـﻮر ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ اي‬
‫‪Graduation lines shall be clean, permanent,‬‬
‫‪uniform lines of thickness not exceeding 0.3 mm.‬‬
‫‪All graduation lines shall lie in planes at right‬‬
‫‪angles to the axis of the tube on which they are‬‬
‫‪situated.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮآن ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1-4-1-1-14-5‬ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي وﻳﮋه ﻧﻮع ‪) 1‬ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ (7‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫‪5.14.1.1.4.1 Type 1(Fig. 7) pyknometers shall‬‬
‫‪comply the requirements given below:‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻳﺎد ﺷﺪه در زﻳﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎه ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫‪A) Position of scale‬‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎزوي ﻋﻤﻮدي ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ وﻳﮋه ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ داراي ﻳـﻚ ﻧـﺮده‬
‫زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮل ‪ 8‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺣـﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘـﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ وﻳـﮋه در‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻗﺮار دارد دو ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ در ﻳـﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺮاز ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎه زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي در‬
‫ﺟﺪول ‪ 19‬اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪Each vertical arm of the pyknometer shall have‬‬
‫‪a graduated scale of length 8 cm divided into‬‬
‫‪millimeters. The two scales shall be on the‬‬
‫‪same level when the pyknometer is in a‬‬
‫‪vertical position. Dimensions limiting the‬‬
‫‪position of the scale are given in table 19.‬‬
‫‪68‬‬
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ب( ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬
B) Length of graduation lines
‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﻠﻨﺪي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣـﻲ ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ دور ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻣﺘﺪاد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ ﻳـﺎ‬
،‫ درﺻﺪ ﻣﺤـﻴﻂ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﺗﺠـﺎوز ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳـﺪ‬10 ‫در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪاي ﻛﻪ از‬
.‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻮل ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ﻳـﻚ‬
.‫ﭼﻬﺎرم ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﻠﻨﺪ و ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻬـﺎر ﺧـﻂ ﻛﻮﺗـﺎه‬
‫ و ﻃﻮل ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ﻳـﻚ ﻫـﺸﺘﻢ‬،‫وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
. ‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻛﻮﺗﺎه و ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ وﻳـﮋه‬
‫در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﻗﺮار دارد و ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﺧﻤﻴـﺪه ﺳـﻤﺖ ﭼـﭗ آن‬
.‫اﺳﺖ در ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺟﻠﻮ دو ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ دﻳﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
The long lines representing each centimeter
shall either extend completely round the
circumference of the tube or leave a gap not
exceeding 10% of the circumference.
The length of the medium lines midway
between the long lines shall be at least onequarter of the circumference of the tube.
There shall be four short lines between
consecutive long and medium lines, each of
length at least one-eighth of the circumference
of the tube.
The short and medium lines shall appear
centrally down the front of the two tubes when
the pyknometer is viewed in a vertical position
with the bent arm to the left.
‫ج( ﺷﻤﺎرهﮔﺬاري ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬
C) Figuring of graduation lines
‫دو ﻧﺮده زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻋﺪاد ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ دﻫﻨﺪه ﺳـﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ در ﺑـﺎﻻ‬8 ‫ﺻﻔﺮ در ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗــﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ زﻳﻨـﻪﺑﻨـﺪي ﺑﻠﻨـﺪ ﺗـﺎ‬
.‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﻠﻨﺪي ﻛﻪ‬7 ‫اﻋﺪاد ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃـﺮف ﺧﻄـﻮط ﻛﻮﺗـﺎﻫﺘﺮ‬
.‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
The two scales shall be numbered with figures
representing centimeters from 0 at the lowest
long line to 8 at the top.
The figures shall be placed immediately above
the long lines to which they refer and slightly
to the side of the shorter lines, as indicated in
Fig. 7.
‫( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬8 ‫)ﺷﻜﻞ‬2 ‫ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي وﻳﮋه ﻧﻮع‬2-4-1-1-14-5
5.14.1.1.4.2 Type 2 (Fig. 8) pyknometers shall
have a single graduation line completely
encircling the arm which is not provided with a
jet. This line shall be placed not less than 5 mm
from the point where the tube begins to bend and
not less than 20 mm from the open end of the
tube.
‫داراي ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﻨﻔـﺮدي ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﻃـﻮر ﻛﺎﻣـﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎزوﻳﻲ را ﻛﻪ در آن ﺳـﺮﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴـﻪ ﭘـﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨـﻲ ﻧـﺸﺪه اﺳـﺖ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻘﻄﻪاي از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﺻـﻠﻪ‬.‫دور ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‬
5 ‫آن از ﻧﻘﻄﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺷـﺮوع ﺑـﻪ ﺧﻤﻴـﺪن ﻣﻴﻜﻨـﺪ ﻛﻤﺘـﺮ از‬
20 ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﻮده و ﻧﻴﺰ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آن از اﻧﺘﻬﺎي آزاد ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﻛﻤﺘـﺮ از‬
.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ‬5-1-1-14-5
‫ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪﻫـــﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـــﻪ ﮔﻮﻧـــﻪ ﻣﺎﻧـﺪﮔﺎر ﺑـﺮ روي ﻫﻤـﻪ‬
:‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي وﻳﮋه ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬاري ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﻤﺎد "~" ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺎن دادن اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ‬
‫ و ﺑـﻪ دﻧﺒـﺎل آن‬،‫اﺳﺖ و ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر دﻗﻴﻖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧـﺸﺪه اﺳـﺖ‬
.‫ﻋﺪدي ﻛﻪ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻤﻲ را ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ‬
‫" ﺑـﺮاي ﻧـﺸﺎن دادن واﺣـﺪ‬cm³" ‫" ﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﺎد‬ml"‫ب( ﻧﻤﺎد‬
.‫ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻼوه ﺑـﺮ‬،(‫ج( ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎي )اﻟﻒ و ب‬
‫ از ﺷﻤﺎرهاي ﻛﻪ ﮔﻨﺠـﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴـﻴﻦ ﺷـﺪه را ﺗـﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳـﺐ‬،‫آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻛـﻪ در آن اﻳـﻦ ﮔﻨﺠـﺎﻳﺶ‬0/001
49.813 " ‫ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﺜـﺎل‬،‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ رود را ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ‬
."ml at 20°C
5.14.1.1.5 Inscriptions
The following inscriptions shall be permanently
marked on all pyknometers:
a) the symbol "~" to indicate that the capacity
is approximate and not accurately adjusted,
followed by a number to indicate the nominal
capacity;
b) the symbol "ml" or the symbol "cm³" to
indicate the unit of volume;
c) as an alternative to inscriptions (a and b), or
in addition to them, a figure showing
determined capacity to the nearest 0.001 ml
together with the temperature at which this
determined capacity applies, for example
"49.813 ml at 20°C".
69
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫" ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﻣـﺸﺨﺺ‬20°C" ‫" و‬ln" ‫د( ﺣﺮف اﺧﺘﺼﺎر‬
d) the abbreviation "ln" and "20°C" to indicate
that the pyknometer is intended to contain its
nominal capacity at 20°C.
‫ ﻣـﻮرد‬20°C ‫ﻛﻨﺪ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻤﻲ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳـﻨﺞ وﻳـﮋه در‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
e) the type of glass used or its coefficient of
cubical expansion;
.‫ﻫ( ﻧﻮع ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﺣﺠﻤﻲ آن‬
.‫و( ﻧﺎم و ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ )ﻋﻼﻣﺖ( ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
f) the maker’s or vendor’s name or mark;
5.14.1.2 Special requirements for flask type
pyknometers
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت وﻳﮋه ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻫـﺎي وﻳـﮋه ﻧـﻮع‬2-1-14-5
5.14.1.2.1 Nominal capacities and dimensional
requirements
‫ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﺎي اﺳﻤﻲ و اﺑﻌﺎدي‬1-2-1-14-5
.‫ﻓﻼﺳﻜﻲ‬
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي وﻳﮋه ﻓﻼﺳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬21 ‫ و‬20 ‫در ﺟﺪولﻫﺎي‬
Pyknometer flasks shall comply with the
approximate requirements shown in tables 20 and
21.
70
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
TABLE 20- DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PYKNOMETER FLASKS TYPES 4 AND 5
5 ‫ و‬4 ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮي ﺑﺮاي ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي وﻳﮋه اﻧﻮاع‬-20 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Type 4
(Reischauer)
(See Fig. 10)
Type 5
(Hubbard)
(See Fig. 11)
Characteristic
4 ‫ﻧﻮع‬
5 ‫ﻧﻮع‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت‬
Reischauer
Hubbard
(‫)رﻳﺸﺮ‬
(‫)ﻫﻮﺑﺎرد‬
(10 ‫)ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
(11 ‫)ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
Nominal Capacity, ml
10
25
50
100
25
50
+1
+2
+3
+3
+2
+3
20
25
30
50
40
60
110
120
135
150
45
63
33
40
50
60
40
45
23
27
35
40
28
29
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬،‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
Difference Between Actual Capacity And Nominal Capacity, max., ml
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬،‫ﺗﻔﺎوت ﺑﻴﻦ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ واﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ و ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬
Maximum Mass Including Stopper, g
‫ ﮔﺮم‬،ِ‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺟﺮم ﺷﺎﻣﻞ درﭘﻮش‬
Height To Top Of Neck, A a) , mm=
=‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬،(‫اﻟﻒ‬A ِ‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﺎﻻي ﮔﺮدن‬
Diameter Of Body, Ba) , mm=
=‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬،(‫اﻟﻒ‬B ِ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬
Diameter Of Base, Ca), mm=
=‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬،(‫اﻟﻒ‬Cٍ ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
Height Of Stopper, Ea), mm=
--
26
=‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬،(‫اﻟﻒ‬E ِ‫ارﺗﻔﺎع درﭘﻮش‬
External Diameter Of Neck, F, mm=
8
--
--
=‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬،F ِ‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﮔﺮدن‬
Bore Of Stopper, G, mm=
--
2
=‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬،Gٍِ‫ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻮراخ درﭘﻮش‬
Internal Diameter Of Neck, G, mm
2.2 to 3.1
--
--
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬،،Gٍ ‫ﻋﻤﻖ دروﻧﻲ ﮔﺮدن‬
Depth of concavity in stopper, K, mm=
--
2.3
7/11 or 7/16
24/10 or 24/12
=‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬،Kٍ ‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﻛﺎو ﺷﺪﮔﻲ در درﭘﻮش‬
Neck Socket Grindingb)
(‫ب‬
‫ﮔﺮدنِ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده‬
a) These dimensions are appropriate to the preferred ‫اﻟﻒ( اﻳﻦ اﺑﻌﺎد ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮح ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﻲ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي وﻳﮋه ﻧﺸﺎن داده‬
shapes of pyknometers illustrated in figures 10 and 11 ‫ اﺧﺘﺼﺎص دارد و در ﺻﻮرت اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از‬11 ‫ و‬10 ‫ﺷﺪه در ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎي‬
but will vary if other suitable patterns used.
.‫ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد‬
ISO 383 ‫ب( ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
b)In accordance with ISO 383.
Based on table 3 : ISO 3507
ISO 3507 :3 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول‬
71
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
TABLE 21- DIMENSIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PYKNOMETER FLASKS TYPES 3 AND 6
6 ‫ و‬3 ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮي ﺑﺮاي ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي وﻳﮋه ﻓﻼﺳﻜﻲ اﻧﻮاع‬-21 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Characteristic
Type 3 (Gay-Lussac)
(See Fig. 9)
Gay-Lussac (‫ ) ﮔﻲ ﻟﻮ ﺳﺎك‬3 ‫ﻧﻮع‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت‬
Type 6 (Ground-In
Thermometer)
(See Fig.12)
‫)ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ وﻳﮋه‬6 ‫ﻧﻮع‬
(‫دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ دار‬
(9 ‫)ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
(12 ‫)ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
Nominal Capacity, ml
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬،‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
Difference Between Actual Capacity And
Nominal Capacity, max., ml
‫ﺗﻔﺎوت ﺑﻴﻦ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ واﻗﻌﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ وﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬،‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬
Maximum Mass Including Stopper, g
‫ ﮔﺮم‬،‫ﺟﺮم ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ درﭘﻮش‬
1
2
5
10
25
50
100
10
25
50
100
+ 0.1
+ 0.3
+ 0.5
+1
+2
+3
3
+1
+2
+3
+3
10
15
20
25
30
35
55
25
30
45
60
30
35
45
50
60
75
90
52
60
72
90
15
18
22
27
37
47
57
27
37
47
57
15
16
18
22
30
36
42
22
30
36
42
a)
Height ToTop Of Neck, A , mm=
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬،(‫اﻟﻒ‬A ،‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﺎﻻي ﮔﺮدن‬
Diameter Of Body, Ba), mm=
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬،(‫اﻟﻒ‬B ،‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬
a)
Diameter Of Base, C , mm=
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬،(‫اﻟﻒ‬C ،‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
Height Of Stopper, Ea), mm=
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬،(‫اﻟﻒ‬E ،‫ارﺗﻔﺎع درﭘﻮش‬
External Diameter Of Neck, Fa), mm=
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬،(‫اﻟﻒ‬F ،‫ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﮔﺮدن‬
Bore Of Stopper, G, mm=
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬،(‫ اﻟﻒ‬G ،‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﻮراخ درﭘﻮش‬
Internal Diameter Of Neck, Ga), mm
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬، ،(‫ اﻟﻒ‬G ‫ﻗﻄﺮ دروﻧﻲ ﮔﺮدن‬
Top End Diameter Of Neck Grinding, mm
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬،‫ﻗﻄﺮاﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﺋﻲ ﮔﺮدن ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده‬
Minimum Length Engagement Stopper In
Neckb) , mm=
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬،(‫ب‬،‫ﻃﻮل درﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ درﭘﻮش در ﮔﺮدن‬
--
6
45
--
1 + 0.3
--
--
1.5
1.7
7.5+1
10 + 1
--
11
13
7/16
Neck Socket Grindingc) (for thermometer)
،(‫ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﺳﻤﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده ﮔﺮدنج‬
--
10/19
--
7/16
c
Neck Cone Grinding ) (side tube)
(‫ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده ﮔﺮدنج()ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
Total Length Of Thermometer, mm=
--
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ‬،‫ﻃﻮل ﻛﻠﻲ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ‬
135
145
155
170
a) These dimensions are appropriate to the preferred
shapes of pyknometers illustrated in figures 9 and
12 but will vary if other suitable patterns are used.
‫اﻟﻒ( اﻳﻦ اﺑﻌﺎد ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮح ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﻲ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي وﻳﮋه ﻧﺸﺎن داده‬
b) Interchangeable grinding is not suitable for the
neck and stopper of type 3.
‫ب( اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺮدن و درﭘﻮش ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ اﺧﺘﺼﺎص دارد و درﺻﻮرت اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻃﺮح ﻫﺎي‬12‫ و‬9 ‫ﺷﺪه درﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎي‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد‬
.‫ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬3 ‫ﺳﻨﺞ وﻳﮋه ﻧﻮع‬
c) In accordance with ISO 383.
ISO 383 ‫ج( ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
ISO 3507 :4 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول‬
Based on table 4: ISO 3507
72
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
PYKNOMETR FLASKS
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي وﻳﮋه ﻓﻼﺳﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﻠﻘﻮي‬
Fig 9- TYPE 3 (GAY-LUSS
Fig 10- TYPE 4 (REISCHAUER)
(GAY-LUSSAC) 3 ‫ ﻧﻮع‬-9 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
(REISCHAUER) 4 ‫ ﻧﻮع‬-10 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
Note: For definition of symbols see table 20
20 ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﺎدﻫﺎ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول‬:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
73
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
PYKNOMETR FLASKS
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي وﻳﮋه ﻓﻼﺳﻜﻲ‬
Fig. 12- TYPE 6
ROUND IN THERMOMETER)
Fig. 11- TYPE 5
(HOBBARD)
(Hobbard) 5 ‫ ﻧﻮع‬-11 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
(‫ ) ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ وﻳﮋه دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ دار‬6 ‫ ﻧﻮع‬-12 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
21 ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻧﻤﺎدﻫﺎ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول‬:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note: For definition of symbols see table 21
74
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ ﻣﻮاد‬2-2-1-14-5
5.14.1.2.2 Material
‫ﻣﻮاد ﭼﮕﺎﻟـــﻲ ﺳﻨﺞﻫــﺎي وﻳـــﮋه ﻧــﻮع ﻓﻼﺳﻜـــﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑــﺎ‬
.‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬2-1-1-14-5
Material of flask type pyknometers shall comply
with 5.14.1.1.2.
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ‬3-2-1-14-5
5.14.1.2.3 Shape
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭼﻬﺎر ﻧﻮع ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ وﻳﮋه ﻓﻼﺳـﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ‬
،‫ ﻧـﺸﺎن داده ﺷـﺪه‬12 ‫ و‬11 ،10 ،9 ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در ﺷـﻜﻠﻬﺎي‬
:‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ در آﻧﻬﺎ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
Shapes of the four types of pyknometer flasks
shall be generally as shown in Figs. 9, 10, 11 and
12 and the followings are required:
a) Stability of flask type pyknometers shall
comply with Clause 5.1.7
‫اﻟﻒ( ﭘــﺎﻳﺪاري ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻫــﺎي ﻓﻼﺳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺎ ﺑﻨـﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬7-1-5
ً‫ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎ‬6 ‫ و‬4 ،3 ‫ب( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع‬
b) Pyknometers of types 3, 4 and 6 should
preferably have a body shape similar to that
shown in Figs. 9,10 and 12 in which the plane
of maximum diameter is at approximately onethird of the distance from the base to the
bottom of the neck.
‫ ﺑـﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬12 ‫ و‬10 ‫ و‬9 ‫داراي ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎي‬
‫ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ در آﻧﻬـﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒـﺎً ﻳـﻚ ﺳـﻮم‬
.‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺎ زﻳﺮ ﮔﺮدن آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺷـﻜﻞ‬5 ‫ج( ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻧﻮع‬
c) Pyknometers of type 5 shall have a body
shape as shown in Fig. 11, in which the upper
end of the conical portion merges smoothly
with the neck without a sharp shoulder. The
radius of curvature between the lower end of
the conical portion and the base shall not be
less than 5 mm.
‫ ﺑــﻪ ﮔﻮﻧــﻪاي ﻛــﻪ در آن اﻧﺘﻬــﺎي ﺑــﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺑﺨــﺶ‬،‫ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ‬11
‫ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ و ﺑﺪون اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮدن‬
‫ ﺷﻌﺎع اﻧﺤﻨﺎء ﺑﻴﻦ اﻧﺘﻬـﺎي ﭘـﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺨـﺶ‬.‫ﻓﻼﺳﻚ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬5 ‫ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ و ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻳﻚ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ‬6 ‫د( ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي وﻳﮋه ﻧﻮع‬
d) Pyknometers of type 6 shall have a capillary
side tube smoothly fitted to the body at an
angle of approximately 90°. The upper part of
the capillary side tube shall be positioned
parallel to the vertical axis of the pyknometer
body. The outer diameter of the capillary side
tube shall be approximately 6mm and the
upper end shall be ground to a flat surface of
approximately 6mm.
‫ درﺟﻪ‬90 ً‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺻﺎف در زاوﻳﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﺨـﺶ ﺑـﺎﻻﺋﻲ ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﻣـﻮﻳﻴﻦ‬.‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮازي ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ وﻳـﮋه‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬6 ً‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
، ‫ﺑﻮده و اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺑﺎﻻي آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺑﻮده‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺳﻨﺒﺎده ﺧﻮرده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬6 ً‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
e) The top of the flask type pyknometers shall
be so that there is no channel in which liquid
can lodge between the stopper and the neck of
the bottle.
‫ﻫ( ﺳﺮ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ وﻳﮋه ﻧﻮع ﻓﻼﺳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون ﺷﻴﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ درﭘﻮش و ﮔﺮدن آن ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬4-2-1-14-5
5.14.1.2.4 Graduation lines
‫ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺑﻮده و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬،‫ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﺎر‬،‫ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬0/3 ‫آﻧﻬﺎ از‬
‫ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻗﺎﺋﻢ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي ﺑﺎﺷـﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮآن ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
ISO 384 ‫ از‬5 ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ و ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن ﻫﻼﻟﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨـﺪ‬
.‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ داراي ﻧـﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔـﺬاري‬4 ‫ﮔﺮدن ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي وﻳﮋه ﻧﻮع‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺠـﺎوز ﻛﻨـﺪ‬0/3 ‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪاي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ آن از‬
‫ﮔﺮدن ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻨﺞ وﻳـﮋه ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻋـﻼوه ﺑـﺮ آن داراي ﻳـﻚ ﻧـﺮده‬
Graduation lines shall be clean, permanent,
uniform lines of thickness not exceeding 0.3 mm.
All graduation lines shall lie in planes at right
angles to the axis of the tube on which they are
situated.
Adjustment and reading of meniscus of liquid
shall be performed according to clause 5 in
ISO 384.
The neck of the type 4 pyknometer shall have a
ring mark of thickness not exceeding 0.3 mm. The
neck of the pyknometer shall have, in addition, a
75
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
graduated scale of length 2 cm divided into
millimeters. There shall be at least 5 mm of the
tube of uniform bore above and below the
graduated scale before the tube starts to expand.
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻮده و ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪي‬2 ‫زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮل‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ و ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻧـﺮده زﻳﻨـﻪﺑﻨـﺪي و ﻗﺒـﻞ از‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘـﺮ از ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﻓﻼﺳـﻚ‬5 ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬،‫ﺷﺮوع ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻂ ﺷﺪن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺳﻮراخ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻮل و ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣـﺎت ذﻛـﺮ ﺷـﺪه در‬
‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘـﺖ داﺷـﺘﻪ‬1-4-1-1-14-5-‫ﺳﻪ ﭘـﺎراﮔﺮاف اول ﺑﻨـﺪ ب‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬10 ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
The length and sequence of graduation lines shall
comply with the requirements of the first three
paragraphs of 5.14.1.1.4.1-b. The placing of the
lines shall be as indicated in Fig. 10
5.14.1.2.5 Inscriptions shall be as given in
5.14.1.1.5.
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬5-1-1-14-5 ‫ ﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬5-2-1-14-5
5.14.2 Requirements for density hydrometers
for general purposes
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺳﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫـﺎي‬2-14-5
‫ﻋﺎم‬
5.14.2.1 Material and workmanship
‫ ﻣﻮاد و ﻣﻬﺎرت در ﻛﺎر‬1-2-14-5
The bulb and stem shall be made of transparent
glass as free as possible from stress and visible
defects and shall have a coefficient of cubical
thermal expansion of (25 ±2) × 10-6 °C-1 (see
ISO 4801 and ISO 649-1).
‫ﻣﺨﺰن و ﺳﺎﻗﻪ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺳﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺷﻔﺎف و ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن‬
‫ﻋﺎري از ﺗﻨﺶ و ﻧﻮاﻗﺺ آﺷﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺿﺮﻳﺐ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط‬
‫ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑـﻪ‬.‫( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬25±2) × 10-6 °C -1 ‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎﺋﻲ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ‬
( ISO 649-1 ‫ و‬ISO 4801
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬2-2-14-5
5.14.2.2 Graduation lines
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻳﻜـﺴﺎن‬1-2-2-14-5
5.14.2.2.1 Graduation lines shall be of uniform
thickness not exceeding one-fifth of the distance
between the centers of adjacent scale lines or 0.2
mm, whichever is less.
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و اﻳﻦ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳـﺪ از ﻳـﻚ دﻫـﻢ ﻓﺎﺻـﻠﻪ ﺑـﻴﻦ ﻣﺮاﻛـﺰ‬
،‫ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ﻛﻤﺘﺮ اﺳـﺖ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬0/2 ‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﺠﺎور زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ و ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺗـﺎ ﻳـﻚ‬،‫ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﻮﺗﺎه‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮم و ﻳـﻚ دوم ﻣﺤـﻴﻂﻫـﺎي ﺳـﺎﻗﻪ اداﻣـﻪ داﺷـﺘﻪ‬،‫ﭘﻨﺠﻢ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
11-1-5 ‫ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺷـﺮاﻳﻂ داده ﺷـﺪه در‬
.‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
The short, medium and long graduation lines shall
extend, respectively to at least one-fifth, one-third
and one-half of the circumferences of the stem.
Graduation lines shall comply with all applicable
requirements given in 5.1.11.
‫ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨـﻪﺑﻨـﺪي ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ زﻳـﺮ‬2-2-2-14-5
5.14.2.2.2 Sequence of graduation lines shall be as
below:
:‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
a) Hydrometers scales whose smallest interval
is 1 kg/m³ or 0.001 g/ml shall comply with
5.1.13.1;
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛـﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ ﮔﺮم ﺑـﺮ ﻣﻴﻠـﻲ‬0/001 ‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻳﺎ‬1 ‫ﺑﺎزه آﻧﻬﺎ‬
.‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬1-13-1-5 ‫ﻟﻴﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
b) Hydrometers scales whose smallest interval
is 2 kg/m³or 0.2 kg/m3 or 0.002 g/ml or 0.0002
g/ml shall comply with 5.1.13.2.
‫ب( ﻧﺮده ﻫﺎي زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠـﻮﮔﺮم ﺑـﺮ‬0/2 ‫ ﻛﻴﻠـﻮﮔﺮم ﺑـﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌـﺐ ﻳـﺎ‬2 ‫ﺑﺎزه آﻧﻬـﺎ‬
‫ ﮔﺮم ﺑـﺮ‬0/0002 ‫ ﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ‬0/002 ‫ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬2-13-1-5 ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
c) Hydrometers scales whose smallest interval
is 5 kg/m³ or 0.005 g/ml shall comply with
5.1.13.3.
‫ج( ﻧﺮده ﻫﺎي زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﻛـﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ ﮔﺮم ﺑـﺮ ﻣﻴﻠـﻲ‬0/005 ‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻳﺎ‬5 ‫ﺑﺎزه آﻧﻬﺎ‬
.‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬3-13-1-5 ‫ﻟﻴﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
76
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑـﺎ ﺑﻨـﺪ‬3-2-2-14-5
5.14.2.2.3 Figuring of graduation lines shall
comply with 5.1.14 plus the followings:
:‫ ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬14-1-5
‫ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ و ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﺣـﺪود اﺳـﻤﻲ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ارﻗﺎم ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠـﻲ ﻟﻴﺘـﺮ ﺑﻴـﺎن‬‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ اﻋﺸﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﻋﺪادي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣـﻞ‬،‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎن ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد وﻟﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ از اﻋـﺪاد ﺧﻼﺻـﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﺣﺬف ﮔﺮدد‬
- The highest and lowest graduation lines of
the nominal limits shall be figured in full.
- For density values expressed in grams per
milliliter, the decimal sign shall be included for
numbers expressed in full, but may be omitted
from abbreviated numbers.
‫ ﺳِﺮي ﻫﺎ و اﺑﻌﺎد‬3-2-14-5
5.14.2.3 Series and dimensions
‫ﺳﺮيﻫﺎي ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣـﻮرد ﻧﻴـﺎز ﺑﺎﺷـﺪ در‬
.‫ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬22 ‫ ﺟﺪول‬1 ‫ﺳﺘﻮن‬
‫ از ﻣـﻮارد‬16 ‫اﺑﻌﺎد ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺟـﺪول‬
:‫زﻳﺮ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
The series of density-meters which may be
required is given in the column 1 of table 22.
The dimensions of the density-meters shall
conform with the requirements given in table 16
plus the following:
- the cross-section of the stem shall remain
unchanged for at least 5 mm below the lowest
graduation line on the scale;
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي زﻳـﺮ‬5 ‫ ﺑﺮش ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺳﺎﻗﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ﺗﺎ‬‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ زﻳﻨـﻪﺑﻨـﺪي در ﻧـﺮده ﺑـﺪون ﺗﻐﻴﻴـﺮ ﺑـﺎﻗﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘـﺮي ﺑـﺎﻻي‬15 ‫ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺳﺎﻗﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﺳـﺖ ﻛـﻢ ﺗـﺎ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺧﻂ زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي ﻧﺮده ﺑﺪون ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اداﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
- the stem shall extend unchanged in diameter
at least 15 mm above the uppermost graduation
line on the scale;
- no hydrometer shall have a stem of diameter
smaller than 4.0 mm.
‫ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺳـﺎﻗﻪاي ﺑـﺎ ﻗﻄـﺮ ﻛـﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬4/0
77
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
TABLE 22 - PRINCIPAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SERIES OF HYDROMETERS
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮي ﻫﺎي ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺳﻨﺞ‬-22 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
SERIES
‫ﺳﺮي ﻫﺎ‬
MAX.
TOTAL
LENGTH
NOMINAL
RANGE OF
EACH
HYDROMETER
NUMBER OF SCALE
DIVISIONS× VALUE
OF THE SCALE
INTERVAL
‫ﻃﻮل ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮه اﺳﻤﻲ ﻫﺮ‬
× ‫ﺗﻌﺪادﺗﻘﺴﻴﻤﻬﺎي ﻧﺮده‬
‫ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺳﻨﺞ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪارﺑﺎزه ﻧﺮده‬
MINIMUM
SCALE
LENGTH
(NOMINAL
RANGE)
BULB
DIAMETER
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﺨﺰن‬
‫ﻃﻮل ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ‬
VOLUME
BELOW
LOWEST
GRADUATION
LINE OF
NOMINAL
RANGE
‫ﺣﺠﻢ زﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺮده‬
EXTENSION OF
SCALE AT EACH
END BEYOND
UPPER AND
LOWER NOMINAL
LIMITS
‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮش ﻧﺮده در ﻫﺮاﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﺮاﺗﺮ‬
MAXIMUM
PERMITTED ERROR
AT ANY POINT ON
THE SCALE
‫ﺧﻄﺎي ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺠﺎز در‬
‫ﻫﺮﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺮ روي ﻧﺮده‬
‫ازﺣﺪود اﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ و ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺧﻂ زﻳﻨﻪﺑﻨﺪي‬
(‫)ﮔﺴﺘﺮه اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮه‬
‫اﺳﻤﻲ‬
L20
L50
M50
M100
S50
‫ﺳِﺮي ﻫﺎي‬
SPECIAL
‫ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ وﻳﮋه‬SUB- SERIES
L50SP
M50SP
S50SP
min.
‫ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ‬
max.
‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬
min.
‫ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ‬
max.
‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬
mm
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
kg/m3
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬
g/ml
‫ﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
kg/m3
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬
g/ml
‫ﮔﺮم ﺑﺮﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
mm
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
mm
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
ml
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
ml
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
GRADUATION LINES
‫ﺧﻄﻮط زﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
kg/m3
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻌﺐ‬
g/ml
‫ﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮ‬
335
335
270
250
190
20
50
50
100
50
0.020
0.050
0.050
0.100
0.050
100× 0.2
100× 0.5
50 × 1
50 × 2
25 × 2
100×0.0002
100× .0005
50 × 0.001
50 × 0.002
25 × 0.002
105
125
70
85
50
36
23
20
18
18
40
27
24
20
20
108
50
30
18
18
132
65
45
26
26
5 to 10
2 to 5
2 to 5
2 to 5
2 or 3
±0.2
±0.5
±1.0
±2.0
±2.0
±0.0002
±0.0005
±0.001
±0.002
±0.002
335
270
190
50
50
50
0.050
0.050
0.050
100× 0.5
50 × 1
50 × 1
100× .0005
50 × 0.001
50 × 0.001
125
70
50
23
20
18
27
24
20
50
30
18
65
45
26
2 to 5
2 to 5
2 or 3
±0.3
±0.6
±1.0
±0.0003
±0.0006
±0.0010
mm
Based on table 1 & table 2 : ISO 649-1
ISO 649-1 :2 ‫ و ﺟﺪول‬1 ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول‬
78
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﻟﻜﻞ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ‬3-14-5
5.14.3 Requirements for alcoholmeters
‫اﻟﻜﻞ ﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨــﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
ISO ‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد و اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت داده ﺷﺪه در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1-5
.‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬4801
Alcoholmeters shall comply with pertinent
requirements given in Sub-clause 5.1 of this
Standard plus the requirements given in ISO 4801.
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎ و واﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﻫﺎ‬-6
6. TESTS AND CALIBRATIONS
‫آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎ و اﮔﺮ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ واﺳﻨﺠﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
.‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﺰارشﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و‬/‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫آزﻣﻮن را ﺑﺮاي اﺛﺒﺎت ﻣﺴﺘﺪل ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ اﻟﻜﻞ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬
.‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻛﻨﺪ‬،‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫در اﻳﻦ ﮔﺰارشﻫﺎ ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ واﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘــﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﮔﻮاﻫﻲﻫﺎي واﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﮔﺰارشﻫﺎي آزﻣﻮن و واﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮاﻧﺎ و ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﻓﺮآورده درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﺰارﺷﺎت آزﻣﻮن و واﺳﻨﺠــﻲ را‬/‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨــﺪه‬
.‫ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ( ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اراﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬....... ‫)در‬
Tests and if required calibrations shall be made at
the manufacturer’s work.
The
supplier/manufacturer
appropriate inspection and
substantiate
conformance
requirements.
shall
maintain
test records to
with
specified
Calibration certificate shall be included:
Test and calibration records shall be legible and
relevant to product involved.
Supplier/ manufacturer shall submit to purchaser
the test and calibration records (in ........ copies) on
completion of tests.
‫ ﻣﺪارك‬-7
7. DOCUMENTS
‫ در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ اﺳﺘﻌﻼم ﻗﻴﻤﺖ‬1-7
7.1 At Quotation Stage
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬/‫ﻣﺪارﻛﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
:‫ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﮔﺮدد ﺑﺸﺮح زﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
،‫ ﮔﺰارش ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت‬‫ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ و ﻣﺪارﻛﻲ ﻛﻪ دادهﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ)ﻫﺎ(ي ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز را ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎ و واﺳﻨﺠﻲﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در‬،‫ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
،‫ ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﺎﻳﺖ و ﺟﺒﺮان ﺧﺴﺎرت‬‫ اﻋﻼم اﺧﺬ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ از ﻫﺮ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎه ﺑﻴﻄﺮف‬. (‫)اﮔﺮ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Documents to be submitted by manufacturer/
supplier shall give the following as complete:
- report of experience,
- drawings and documents which define the
technical data of required commodity(ies),
- list of tests and calibrations which may be
made on his work,
- complaint and compensation policies,
- declaration of any certificate from any
impartial laboratory "if any".
‫ در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺳﻔﺎرش‬2-7
7.2 At Ordering Stage
‫ ﻧﺴﺨﻪاي از ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ آزﻣﻮن و واﺳﻨﺠﻲ؛‬-
- a copy of test and calibration certificate;
‫ ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ؛‬-
- Quality assurance certificate;
.‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﺪارك ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ زﺑﺎن اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note: All documents shall be in English language.
‫ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮت در اﺳﻨﺎد‬-8
8. CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
‫در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد ﻣﻐـﺎﻳﺮت در ﻣـﺪارك ﻣﺮﺑـﻮط ﺑـﻪ اﺳـﺘﻌﻼم ﻳـﺎ‬
:‫ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ اوﻟﻮﻳﺖﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮔﺮدد‬
In case of conflict between documents relating to
the inquiry or Purchase Order following priority
of documents shall apply:
First priority: Purchaser
order
attachments) and variations thereon.
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ )ﺷـﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻴﻮﺳـﺖ ﻫـﺎ( و ﺗﻐﻴﻴـﺮات‬:‫اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ اول‬
(including
.‫داده ﺷﺪه در آﻧﻬﺎ‬
79
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
Second priority:
drawings.
Third priority:
Data-requisition
sheet
and
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
‫ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻫﺎي داده و ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ‬:‫اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ دوم‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬:‫اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ ﺳﻮم‬
This Standard.
‫ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي و ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬-9
9. PACKING AND PACKAGING
9.1 Laboratory glasswares shall be packaged in
away to avoid damage in transit.
‫ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﮔﻮﻧـﻪاي ﺑـﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨـﺪي‬1-9
9.2 Packages shall display the quantity of
commodities and trade mark (identification mark)
of manufacturer.
‫ ﺑﺮ روي ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ و ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠـﺎري )ﻋﻼﻣـﺖ‬2-9
9.3 Packages shall have the Company name and
full address of Company.
‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻳـﺎ ﺑـﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ داراي ﻧـﺎم ﺧﺮﻳـﺪار و آدرس ﻛﺎﻣـﻞ‬3-9
9.4 Packages shall have the word "BRITTLE" and
the sign in all side surfaces as well as the sign
which points to the top of the package.
"‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺟﻮاﻧﺐ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻛﻠﻤﻪ "ﺷﻜـﺴﺘﻨﻲ‬4-9
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ از آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳـﺪن در ﺟﺮﻳـﺎن ﺣﻤـﻞ و ﻧﻘـﻞ ﺟﻠـﻮﮔﻴﺮي‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ( ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه و ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﺎﻻي درون آﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫و ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﺮﺑـﻮط ﺑـﻪ آن و ﻫﻤﭽﻨـﻴﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺘـﻲ ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﺎﻻي آﻧـﺮا‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻴﻤﻪ‬-10
10. INSURANCE
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﻴﻘـﺎً ﺑـﻪ روﺷـﻲ ﻛـﻪ در ﺳـﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳـﺪار‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬
The insurance shall be carried out exactly as
Company Purchaser Order.
‫ ﺣﻤﻞ‬-11
11. SHIPMENT
11.1 It is desired that the whole commodity and
related accessories are shipped at one batch.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﻴـﺸﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳـﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ و ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻘـﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃـﻪ آن ﻻزم‬1-11
11.2 The greatest care must be taken to ensure that
shipping and associated documents with exact
description for customs release are accompanied
with the shipment.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔـﺮدد‬2-11
.‫اﺳﺖ در ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﺪارك ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮح دﻗﻴﻘﻲ ﺑـﺮاي‬
.‫ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ از ﮔﻤﺮك ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ ارﺳﺎل ﮔﺮدد‬
80
Dec. 2008/ 1387 ‫دي‬
IPS-M-GN-170(2)
APPENDICES
APPENDIX A
DATA SHEET FOR LABORATORY GLASSWARES
NAME OF COMMODITY: …………………………………………………………………………
CAPACITY: ......................................................................................…………………..……………
TYPE OF COMMODITY: ..................................................................………………………………
CLASS OF ACCURACY: ..............................................................…………………………………
GLASS TYPE: ...................................... (IF OTHER THAN THAT SPECIFIED IN THIS STANDARD)
THE GLASS NEEDS TO BE ALKALI RESISTANT:
NO
□
□
YES
IF THE REPLY IS YES THE CLASS OF ALKALI RESISTANT:
CLASS A1
□
CLASS A2
□
CLASS A3
□
(SEE 5.1.3)
STOPCOCK "IF ANY" INTENDED TO BE USED:
WITH GREASE
□
WITHOUT GREASE
□
IF ANY JOINT INTENDED TO BE USED IT SHALL BE:
CONICAL JOINT
□
SERY OF JOINT
K2
OR SPHERICAL JOINT
□
□
K4
□
, K6
□
AND K8 □
ANY OTHER REQUIREMENTS
..............................................................................………………………………..................................
..................................................................................................................……………………………..
81
‫دي ‪Dec. 2008/ 1387‬‬
‫)‪IPS-M-GN-170(2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺮﮔﻪ داده ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﻻت آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺎم ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‪........................................................................................................................................................................... :‬‬
‫ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻳﺶ‪.............................................................................................................................................................................. :‬‬
‫ﻧﻮع ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ‪................................................................................................................................................... :‬‬
‫رده دﻗﺖ‪.............................................................................................................................................................................. :‬‬
‫ﻧﻮع ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‪)....................................................... :‬اﮔﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ آن اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ( ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﻘﺎوم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻲ ‪‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺮ ‪‬‬
‫رده ‪ A1‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ آري اﺳﺖ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻗﻠﻴﺎ‬
‫رده ‪ A2‬‬
‫رده ‪ A3‬‬
‫)ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪(3-1-5‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ )در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد( ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺪام ﻣﻮرد زﻳﺮ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺪون ﭼﺮﺑﻲ ‪‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﭼﺮﺑﻲ ‪‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ از اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮔﺮدد آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‪:‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪  K6  K4  K2‬و ‪  K8‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺮي اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﺮوي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت دﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫‪..............................................................................………………………………................................................‬‬
‫………………………………………‪..................................................................................................................‬‬
‫………………………………………‪..................................................................................................................‬‬
‫‪82‬‬